WAYNE SAVINGS BANCSHARES INC /OH/
S-8, 1997-12-04
SAVINGS INSTITUTION, FEDERALLY CHARTERED
Previous: BLOCK MORTGAGE FINANCE ASSET BACKED CERTIFICATES SER 1997-1, 8-K, 1997-12-04
Next: WAYNE SAVINGS BANCSHARES INC /OH/, SC 13D, 1997-12-04



<PAGE>
 
REGISTRATION NO. 333-_____             AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE
                                       COMMISSION ON DECEMBER 4, 1997

                      SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                            WASHINGTON, D.C.  20549

                             ____________________

                                   FORM S-8

                            REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                          THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

                             ____________________

                        WAYNE SAVINGS BANCSHARES, INC.
            (Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)

        FEDERAL                                        TO BE APPLIED FOR
(State of Incorporation)                       (IRS Employer Identification No.)

                             151 N. MARKET STREET
                              WOOSTER, OHIO 44691
                   (Address of Principal Executive Offices)

                             ____________________

                      THE WAYNE SAVINGS AND LOAN COMPANY
                       1993 INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION PLAN

                      THE WAYNE SAVINGS AND LOAN COMPANY
                 1993 STOCK OPTION PLAN FOR OUTSIDE DIRECTORS
                           (Full Title of the Plans)


                                  Copies to:
           Charles F. Finn                   Kenneth R. Lehman, Esquire
  President and Chief Executive Officer       Edward A. Quint, Esquire
      Wayne Savings Bancshares, Inc.     Luse Lehman Gorman Pomerenk & Schick
        151 N. Market Street                 A Professional Corporation
         Wooster, Ohio 44691               5335 Wisconsin Ave., N.W., #400
           (330) 264-5767                     Washington, D.C.  20015
                                                   (202) 274-2000
    (NAME, ADDRESS AND TELEPHONE
    NUMBER OF AGENT FOR SERVICE)

                             ____________________

          If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be
offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the
Securities Act of 1933 check the following box. [X]
 
                             ____________________
 
<PAGE>
 
                        CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Title of                                      Proposed        Proposed
Securities                     Amount          Maximum         Maximum        Amount of
  to be                        to be        Offering Price     Aggregate     Registration
Registered                 Registered (1)      Per Share     Offering Price      Fee
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                      <C>                <C>              <C>             <C>
Options to Purchase
Common Stock
Common Stock, par
value $1.00 per share    41,448 shares (2)       $11.46 (3)        $474,994          $144
 
Common Stock, par
value $1.00 per share     16,908 shares (4)       $10.15 (3)        $171,616          $ 52
 
       Total:             58,356  shares                            $646,610          $196
                          ==============                            ========          ====
</TABLE>

______________
(1) Together with an indeterminate number of additional shares which may be
    necessary to adjust the number of shares reserved for issuance pursuant to
    The Wayne Savings and Loan Company 1993 Incentive Stock Option Plan (the
    "Incentive Plan") and The Wayne Savings and Loan Company 1993 Stock Option
    Plan for Outside Directors (the "Directors Plan") as the result of a stock
    split, stock dividend or similar adjustment of the outstanding Common Stock
    of Wayne Savings Bancshares, Inc. pursuant to 17 C.F.R. (S) 230.416(a).
(2) Represents the number of shares currently reserved for issuance pursuant to
    the Incentive Plan.
(3) Determined by the exercise price of the options pursuant to 17 C.F.R. (S)
    230.457(h)(1).
(4) Represents the number of shares currently reserved for issuance pursuant to
    the Directors Plan.

          This Registration Statement shall become effective upon filing in
accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 and 17 C.F.R. (S)
230.462.

                                       2
<PAGE>
 
PART I.

ITEMS 1 AND 2.  PLAN INFORMATION AND REGISTRANT INFORMATION AND EMPLOYEE PLAN
                ANNUAL INFORMATION

          This Registration Statement relates to the registration of (i) options
to purchase up to 41,448 shares of Common Stock of Wayne Savings Bancshares,
Inc. (the "Company") pursuant to the Incentive Plan; (ii) 41,448 shares of
Common Stock reserved for issuance and delivery upon the exercise of options
under the Incentive Plan; (iii) options to purchase up to 16,908 shares of
Common Stock pursuant to the Directors Plan; and (iv) 16,908 shares of Common
Stock reserved for issuance and delivery upon the exercise of options under the
Directors Plan.. Documents containing the information required by Part I of the
Registration Statement have been or will be sent or given to participants in the
1996 Stock Option Plan, as appropriate, as specified by Securities Act Rule
428(b)(1). Such documents are not filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission (the "Commission" or "SEC") either as part of this Registration
Statement or as prospectuses or prospectus supplements pursuant to Rule 424 in
reliance on Rule 428.

PART II.

ITEM 3.   INCORPORATION OF DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE

          All documents filed by the Company pursuant to Sections 13(a) and (c),
14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act after the date hereof and prior to the filing of
a post-effective amendment which indicates that all securities offered hereby
have been sold or which deregisters all securities then remaining unsold, shall
be deemed to be incorporated by reference into this registration statement and
be part hereof from the date of filing of such documents. Any statement
contained in this Registration Statement, or in a document incorporated by
reference herein, shall be deemed to be modified or superseded for purposes of
this Registration Statement to the extent that a statement contained herein, or
in any other subsequently filed document which also is incorporated by reference
herein, modifies or supersedes such statement. Any such statement so modified or
superseded shall not be deemed, except as so modified or superseded, to
constitute a part of this Registration Statement.

ITEM 4.   DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

          Not applicable.

ITEM 5.   INTERESTS OF NAMED EXPERTS AND COUNSEL

          None.

ITEM 6.   INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

          Article VI of the Registrant's Charter defines areas for indemnity
coverage and insurance as follows:

          ARTICLE VI. INDEMNIFICATION

          The Stock Holding Company shall indemnify its directors, officer, and
employees in accordance with the following requirements:

          (a)  DEFINITIONS AND RULES OF CONSTRUCTION.

               (1)  Definitions for purposes of this Article

                    (i)   ACTION. The term "action" means any judicial or
administrative proceeding, or threatened proceeding, whether civil, criminal, or
otherwise, including any appeal or other proceeding for review;

                                       3
<PAGE>
 
          (ii)  COURT. The term "court" includes, without limitation, any court
to which or in which any appeal or proceeding for review is brought.

          (iii) FINAL JUDGMENT. The term "final judgment" means a judgment,
decree, or order which is not appealable or as to which the period for appeal
has expired with no appeal taken.

          (iv)  SETTLEMENT. The term "settlement" includes entry of a judgment
by consent or confession or a plea of guilty or nolo contendere.

      (2) References in this Article to any individual or other person,
including any savings bank, shall include legal representatives, successors, and
assigns thereof.

  (b) GENERAL.  Subject to paragraphs (c) and (f) of this Article, the Stock
Holding Company shall indemnify any person against whom an action is brought or
threatened because that person is or was a director, officer, or employee of the
Stock Holding Company, for:

      (1) Any amount for which that person becomes liable under a judgment in
such action; and

      (2) Reasonable costs and expenses, including reasonable attorney's fees,
actually paid or incurred by that person in defending or settling such action,
or in enforcing his or her rights under this Article if he or she attains a
favorable judgment in such enforcement action.

  (c) REQUIREMENTS.  Indemnification shall be made to person under paragraph (b)
of this Article only if:

      (1)  Final judgment on the merits is in his or her favor;

      (2)  In case of:

           (i)    Settlement,

           (ii)   Final judgment against him or her, or

           (iii)  Final judgment in his or her favor, other than on the merits,
if a majority of the disinterested directors of the Stock Holding Company
determine that he or she was acting in good faith within the scope of his or her
employment or authority as he or she could reasonably have perceived it under
the circumstances and for a purpose he or she could reasonably have believed
under the circumstances was in the best interests of the Stock Holding Company
or its members.

However, no indemnification shall be made unless the Stock Holding Company gives
the Office at least 60 days' notice of its intention to make such
indemnification. Such notice shall state the facts on which the action arose,
the terms of any settlement, and any disposition of the action by a court. Such
notice, a copy thereof, and a certified copy of the resolution containing the
required determination by the Board of Directors shall be sent to the District
Director, who shall promptly acknowledge receipt thereof. The notice period
shall run from the date of such receipt. No such indemnification shall be made
if the Director of the Office advises the Stock Holding Company in writing,
within such notice period, of his or her objection thereto.

  (d) INSURANCE. The Stock Holding Company shall obtain insurance to protect it
and its directors, officers, and employees from potential losses arising from
claims against any of them for alleged wrongful acts, or wrongful acts,
committed in their capacity as directors, officers, or employees. The Stock
Holding Company may not

                                       4
<PAGE>
 
obtain insurance which provides for payment of losses of any person incurred as
a consequence of his or her willful or criminal misconduct.

     (e)  PAYMENT OF EXPENSES. If a majority of the directors of the Stock
Holding Company conclude that, in connection with an action, any person
ultimately may become entitled to indemnification under this Article, the
directors may authorize payment of reasonable costs and expenses, including
reasonable attorneys' fees, arising from the defense or settlement of such
action. Nothing in this paragraph (e) shall prevent the directors of the Stock
Holding Company from imposing such conditions on a payment of expenses as they
deem warranted and in the interests of the Stock Holding Company. Before making
advance payment of expenses under this paragraph (e), the Stock Holding Company
shall obtain an agreement that the Stock Holding Company will be repaid if the
person on whose behalf payment is made is later determined not to be entitled to
such indemnification.

     (f)  EXCLUSIVENESS OF PROVISIONS. The indemnification of any person
referred to in paragraph (b) shall be governed solely by these bylaws as
provided for in 12 C.F.R. (S)545.121 (b) and the obtaining of insurance as
referred to in paragraph (d) shall be governed by paragraph (d) of 12 C.F.R.
(S)545.121.


ITEM 7.   EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION CLAIMED.

          Not applicable.

ITEM 8.   LIST OF EXHIBITS.

     The following exhibits are filed herewith or incorporated by reference into
this Registration Statement on Form S-8:

     4.1  The Wayne Savings and Loan Company 1993 Incentive Stock Option Plan

     4.2  The Wayne Savings and Loan Company 1993 Stock Option Plan for Outside
          Directors.

     5    Opinion of Luse Lehman Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, A Professional
          Corporation as to the legality of the Common Stock registered hereby.

     23.1 Consent of Luse Lehman Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, A Professional
          Corporation (contained in the opinion included as Exhibit 5).

     23.2 Consent of Grant Thornton LLP.

     99.1 Annual Report on Form 10-KSB of The Wayne Savings and Loan Company for
          the fiscal year ended March 31, 1997.

     99.2 Quarterly Report on Form 10-QSB of The Wayne Savings and Loan Company
          for the fiscal quarter
          ended June 30, 1997.

     99.3 Quarterly Report on Form 10-QSB of The Wayne Savings and Loan Company
          for the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 1997.

ITEM 9.   UNDERTAKINGS

          The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:

                                       5
<PAGE>
 
     1.   To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a
post-effective amendment to this Registration Statement to include any material
information with respect to the Registration Statement not previously disclosed
in this Registration Statement or any material change to such information in
this Registration Statement;

     2.   That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the
Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be
a new Registration Statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the
offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona
fide offering thereof;

     3.   To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any
of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the
1996 Stock Option Plan; and

     4.   That, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities
Act of 1933, each filing of the Registrant's annual report pursuant to Section
13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 that is incorporated by
reference in the Registration Statement shall be deemed to be a new Registration
Statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such
securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering
thereof.

     5.   Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the
Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling
persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise,
the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and
Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed
in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.  In the event that a claim for
indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the
Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling
person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or
proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in
connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in
the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent,
submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such
indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will
be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

                                       6
<PAGE>
 
                                 EXHIBIT INDEX


Exhibit Number           Description
- --------------           -----------


     4.1           The Wayne Savings and Loan Company 1993 Incentive Stock
                   Option Plan

     4.2           The Wayne Savings and Loan Company 1993 Stock Option Plan for
                   Outside Directors.

     5             Opinion of Luse Lehman Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, A
                   Professional Corporation as to the legality of the Common
                   Stock registered hereby.

     23.1          Consent of Luse Lehman Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, A
                   Professional Corporation (contained in the opinion included
                   as Exhibit 5).

     23.2          Consent of Grant Thornton LLP.

     99.1          Annual Report on Form 10-KSB of The Wayne Savings and Loan
                   Company for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1997.

     99.2          Quarterly Report on Form 10-QSB of The Wayne Savings and Loan
                   Company for the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 1997.

     99.3          Quarterly Report on Form 10-QSB of The Wayne Savings and Loan
                   Company for the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 1997.

                                       7
<PAGE>
 
                                  SIGNATURES

     THE REGISTRANT.  Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of
1933, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it
meets all of the requirements for filing on Form S-8 and has duly caused this
registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto
duly authorized, in the City of Wooster, State of Ohio, on this 28th day of
November, 1997.

                                             WAYNE SAVINGS BANKSHARES, INC.
  

                                             By:  /s/ Charles F. Finn
                                                  --------------------
                                                  Charles F. Finn, President and
                                                   Chief Executive Officer

     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the
capacities and on the date indicated.


<TABLE> 
<S>                                     <C> 
By:  /s/ Charles F. Finn                By:  /s/ Todd J. Tappel
     -------------------------------         ------------------------------------------
     Charles F. Finn, President and          Todd J. Tappel, Senior Vice President
     Chief Executive Officer                 (Chief Financial and Accounting Officer)
     (Principal Executive Officer)

Date:     November 28, 1997                  Date:   November 28, 1997


By:  /s/ Kenneth G. Rhode               By:  /s/ James C. Morgan
     -------------------------------         ------------------------------------------
     Kenneth G. Rhode, Chairman              James C. Morgan, Director
 
Date:     November 28, 1997                  Date:   November 28, 1997


By:  /s/ Joseph L. Retzler              By:  /s/ Donald E. Massaro
     -------------------------------         ------------------------------------------
      Joseph L. Retzler, Director            Donnald E. Massaro,  Director

Date:     November 28, 1997                  Date:   November 28, 1997


By:  /s/ Russell L. Harpster            By:  /s/ Terry A. Gardner
     -------------------------------         ------------------------------------------
Russell L. Harpster, Director                Terry A. Gardner, Director

Date:     November 28, 1997                  Date:   November 28, 1997
</TABLE> 
<PAGE>
 
     THE PLANS.  Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the
Committee which administers the 1993 Incentive Plan and the 1993 Directors Plan
has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Wooster, State of Ohio,
on this 29/th/ day of November, 1997.

                                    THE WAYNE SAVINGS AND LOAN COMPANY
                                    1993 INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION PLAN

                                    THE WAYNE SAVINGS AND LOAN COMPANY
                                    1993 STOCK OPTION PLAN FOR OUTSIDE DIRECTORS


                                    /s/ Charles F. Finn
                                    --------------------------------
                                    Charles F. Finn, President and
                                      Chief Executive Officer

<PAGE>
 
                                  EXHIBIT 4.1
<PAGE>
 
                                                                     EXHIBIT 4.1

                      THE WAYNE SAVINGS AND LOAN COMPANY

                       1993 INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION PLAN


1.   PURPOSE

     The purpose of The Wayne Savings and Loan Company 1993 Incentive Stock
Option Plan (the "Plan") is to advance the interests of Wayne Savings and Loan
Company (the "Association") and its shareholders by providing officers and key
employees of the Association and its affiliates, including Wayne Savings
Bankshares, MHC, the mutual holding company of the Association (the "Company"),
upon whose judgment, initiative and efforts the successful conduct of the
business of the Association and its affiliates largely depends, with an
additional incentive to perform in a superior manner as well as to attract
people of experience and ability.

2.   DEFINITIONS

     (a) "AFFILIATE" means (i) a member of a controlled group of corporations of
which the Association is a member or (ii) an unincorporated trade or business
that is under common control with the Association as determined in accordance
with Section 414(c) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the
"Code"), and the regulations issued thereunder.  For purposes hereof, a
"controlled group of corporations" shall mean a controlled group of corporations
as defined in Section 1563(a) of the Code determined without regard to Section
1563(a)(4) and (e)(3)(C) thereof.

     (b) "AWARD" means an Award of Non-statutory Stock Options, Incentive Stock
Options, and/or Limited Rights granted under the provisions of the Plan.

     (c) "BOARD OF DIRECTORS" means the Board of Directors of the Association.

     (d) "CHANGE IN CONTROL" of the Association or the Company shall mean (I) a
plan of reorganization, merger, merger conversion, consolidation or sale of all
or substantially all of the assets of the Association or the Company or a
similar transaction in which the Association or the Company is not the resulting
entity; (II) individuals who constitute the board of directors of the
Association or the board of directors of the Company cease for any reason to
constitute a majority thereof; or (III) a Change in Control within the meaning
of 12 C.F.R. (S) 574.4 occurs, as determined by the board of directors of the
Association or the Holding Company, provided, however, that a change in control
shall not be deemed under 2(d)(I) or 2(d)(III) of this section if the
transaction(s) constituting a change in control is approved by a majority of the
Board of Directors of the Association or the Company, as the case may be.  In
the event the Company converts from the mutual form of organization to the stock
form of organization at any time
<PAGE>
 
subsequent to the effective date of this Agreement ("Stock Holding Company"), a
"Change in Control" of the Association means a change in control of a nature
that: (i) would be required to be reported in response to Item 1 of the current
report on Form 8-K, as in effect on the date hereof, pursuant to Section 13 or
15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act"); or (ii)
results in a change in control of the Association or the Company within the
meaning of the Home Owners' Loan Act of 1933 and the Rules and Regulations
promulgated by the Office of Thrift Supervision (the "OTS") (or its predecessor
agency), as in effect on the effective date of this Plan; or (iii) without
limitation, such a Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred at such
time as (a) any "person" (as the term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the
Exchange Act) other than the Company is or becomes the "beneficial owner" (as
defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of
securities of the Association representing 20% or more of the Association's
outstanding securities ordinarily having the right to vote at the election of
directors except for any securities of the Association purchased by the Company
in connection with the Reorganization and any securities purchased by the
Association's employee stock ownership plan and trust; or (b) individuals who
constitute the Board of Directors on the date hereof (the "Incumbent Board")
cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof, provided that
any person becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof whose election was
approved by a vote of at least three-quarters of the directors comprising the
Incumbent Board, or whose nomination for election by the Association's
shareholders was approved by the same nominating committee serving under an
Incumbent Board, shall be considered, for purposes of this clause (b), as though
he were a member of the Incumbent Board; or (c) a plan of reorganization, a
merger, consolidation, sale of all or substantially all the assets of the
Association or the Company or similar transaction in which the Association or
Company is not the surviving institution occurs and which the Incumbent Board
does not approve or consent to; or (d) a proxy statement soliciting proxies from
stockholders of the Association, by someone other than the current management of
the Association, seeking stockholder approval of a plan of reorganization,
merger or consolidation of the Company or the Association or similar transaction
with one or more corporations as a result of which the outstanding shares of the
class of securities then subject to the plan or transaction are exchanged for or
converted into cash or property or securities not issued by the Association or
the Company shall be distributed; or (e) a tender offer is made for 20% or more
of the voting securities of the Association.

     (e) "COMMITTEE" means a Committee of the Board of Directors consisting of
all non-employee (i.e., "outside") directors.

     (f) "COMMON STOCK" means the Common Stock of the Association.

     (g) "CONVERSION TRANSACTION" means the conversion of the Company from the
mutual to stock form of organization either on a stand-alone basis or in the
context of a merger conversion, as contemplated by regulations of the OTS or any
successor thereof.

     (h) "DATE OF GRANT" means the actual date on which an Award is granted by
the Committee.

                                       2
<PAGE>
 
     (i) "DISABILITY" means the permanent and total inability by reason of
mental or physical infirmity, or both, of an employee to perform the work
customarily assigned to him.  Additionally, a medical doctor selected or
approved by the Board of Directors must advise the Committee that it is either
not possible to determine when such Disability will terminate or that it appears
probable that such Disability will be permanent during the remainder of such
employee's lifetime.

     (j) "FAIR MARKET VALUE" means, when used in connection with the Common
Stock on a certain date, the reported closing price of the Common Stock as
reported by the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation
("NASDAQ") System (as published by the Wall Street Journal, if published) on the
day prior to such date, or if the Common Stock was not traded on such date, on
the next preceding day on which the Common Stock was traded thereon; provided,
however, that if the Common Stock is not reported on the NASDAQ System, Fair
Market Value shall mean the average sale price of all shares of Common Stock
sold during the 30-day period immediately preceding the date on which such stock
option was granted, and if no shares of stock have been sold within such 30-day
period, the average sale price of the last three sales of Common Stock sold
during the 90-day period immediately preceding the date on which such stock
option was granted.  In the event Fair Market Value cannot be determined in the
manner described above, then Fair Market Value shall be determined by the
Committee.  The Committee shall be authorized to obtain an independent appraisal
to determine the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock.  For purposes of the
grant of options in the Reorganization, Fair Market Value shall mean the initial
public offering price of the Common Stock.

     (k) "INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION" means an Option granted by the Committee to a
Participant, which Option is designated as an Incentive Stock Option pursuant to
Section 8.

     (l) "LIMITED RIGHT" means the right to receive an amount of cash based upon
the terms set forth in Section 9.

     (m) "NON-STATUTORY STOCK OPTION" means an Option granted by the Committee
to a participant and which is not designated by the Committee as an Incentive
Stock Option.

     (n) "NORMAL RETIREMENT" means retirement at the normal or early retirement
date as set forth in the Wayne Savings Employee Stock Ownership Plan, or any
successor plan.

     (p) "OPTION" means Award granted under Section 7 or Section 8.

     (q) "PARTICIPANT" means an employee of the Association or its affiliates
chosen by the Committee to participate in the Plan.

     (r) "PLAN YEAR OR YEARS" means a calendar year or years commencing on or
after January 1, 1993.

                                       3
<PAGE>
 
     (s) "REORGANIZATION" means the reorganization of Wayne Savings and Loan
Company as a mutual holding company and the establishment of the Association as
its majority-owned subsidiary.

     (t) "TERMINATION FOR CAUSE" means the termination upon an intentional
failure to perform stated duties, or breach of a fiduciary duty involving
personal dishonesty, or willful violation of any law, rule or regulation (other
than traffic violations or similar offenses) or final cease-and-desist order,
any of which results in material loss to the Association, the Company, or one of
its affiliates.

3.   ADMINISTRATION

     The Plan shall be administered by the Committee.  The Committee is
authorized, subject to the provisions of the Plan, to establish such rules and
regulations as it deems necessary for the proper administration of the Plan and
to make whatever determinations and interpretations in connection with the Plan
it deems necessary or advisable.  All determinations and interpretations made by
the Committee shall be binding and conclusive on all Participants in the Plan
and on their legal representatives and beneficiaries.

4.   TYPES OF AWARDS

     Awards under the Plan may be granted in any one or a combination of (a)
Incentive Stock Options; (b) Non-Statutory Stock Options; and (c) Limited Rights
as defined herein in Sections 7-9.

5.   STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

     Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 14, the maximum number of
shares reserved for issuance under the Plan is 7% of the shares of Common Stock
of the Association sold in connection with the Reorganization.  These shares of
Common Stock may be either authorized but unissued shares or shares previously
issued and reacquired by the Association.  To the extent that options or rights
granted under the Plan are exercised, the shares covered will be unavailable for
future grants under the Plan; to the extent that options together with any
related rights granted under the Plan terminate, expire or are cancelled without
having been exercised or, in the case of Limited Rights exercised for cash, new
Awards may be made with respect to these shares.

6.   ELIGIBILITY

     Officers and other employees of the Association or its affiliates shall be
eligible to receive Incentive Stock Options, Non-Statutory Stock Options and/or
Limited Rights under the Plan. Directors who are not employees or officers of
the Association or its affiliates shall not be eligible to receive Awards under
the Plan.

                                       4
<PAGE>
 
7.   NON-STATUTORY STOCK OPTIONS

     7.1  GRANT OF NON-STATUTORY STOCK OPTIONS

     The Committee may, from time to time, grant Non-Statutory Stock Options to
eligible employees and, upon such terms and conditions as the Committee may
determine, grant Non-Statutory Stock Options in exchange for and upon surrender
of previously granted Awards under this Plan.  Non-Statutory Stock Options
granted under this Plan are subject to the following terms and conditions:

     (a) Price.  The purchase price per share of Common Stock deliverable upon
         -----                                                                
the exercise of each Non-Statutory Stock Option shall be determined by the
Committee on the date the option is granted.  Except as provided below, such
purchase price shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the
Association's Common Stock on the date the option is granted.  The purchase
price per share of Common Stock deliverable upon the exercise of each Non-
Statutory Stock Option granted in exchange for and upon surrender of previously
granted awards shall be not less than 85% of the Fair Market Value of the
Association's Common Stock on the date the option is granted, but in no event
may the purchase price of any Non-Statutory Stock Option be less than the par
value of the Common Stock.  Shares may be purchased only upon full payment of
the purchase price.  Payment of the purchase price may be  made, in whole or in
part, through the surrender of shares of the Common Stock of the Association at
the Fair Market Value of such shares determined in the manner described in
Section 2(j).

     (b) Terms of Options.  The term during which each Non-Statutory Stock
         ----------------                                                 
Option may be exercised shall be determined by the Committee, but in no event
shall a Non-Statutory Stock Option be exercisable in whole or in part more than
10 years and one day from the Date of Grant. The Committee shall determine the
date on which each Non-Statutory Stock Option shall become exercisable in
installments.  The shares comprising each installment may be purchased in whole
or in part at any time after such installment becomes purchasable.  The
Committee, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the time at which any Non-
statutory Stock Option may be exercised in whole or in part.  Notwithstanding
the above, in the event of a Change in Control of the Association, all Non-
Statutory Stock Options shall become immediately exercisable.

     (c) Termination of Employment.  Upon the termination of an employee's
         -------------------------                                        
service for any reason other than Disability, Normal Retirement, death or
Termination for Cause, the employee's Non-Statutory Stock Options shall be
exercisable only as to those shares that were immediately purchasable by the
employee at the date of termination and only for a period of one year following
termination.  In the event of Termination for Cause, all rights under his Non-
Statutory Stock Options shall expire upon termination.  In the event of the
death, Disability or Normal Retirement of any employee, all Non-Statutory Stock
Options held by such employee, whether or not exercisable at such time, shall be
exercisable by such employee or his legal representatives or beneficiaries for
one year following the date of his death, Normal Retirement

                                       5
<PAGE>
 
or cessation of employment due to Disability, provided that in no event shall
                                              --------                       
the period extend beyond the expiration of the Non-Statutory Stock Option term.

8.   INCENTIVE STOCK OPTIONS

     8.1  GRANT OF INCENTIVE STOCK OPTIONS

     The Committee, from time to time, may grant Incentive Stock Options to
eligible employees.  Incentive Stock Options granted pursuant to the Plan shall
be subject to the following terms and conditions:

     (a) Price.  The purchase price per share of Common Stock deliverable upon
         -----                                                                
the exercise of each Incentive Stock Option shall be not less than 100% of the
Fair Market Value of the Association's Common Stock on the date the Incentive
Stock Option is granted.  However, if an employee owns stock  possessing more
than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of Common Stock of
the Association, the purchase price per share of Common Stock deliverable upon
the exercise of each Incentive Stock Option shall not be less than 110% of the
Fair Market Value of the Association's Common Stock on the date the Incentive
Stock Option is granted.  Shares may be purchased only upon payment of the full
purchase price.  Payment of the purchase price may be made, in whole or in part,
through the surrender of shares of the Common Stock of the Association at the
Fair Market Value of such shares determined in the manner described in Section
2(j).

     (b) Amount of Options.  Incentive Stock Options may be granted to any
         -----------------                                                
eligible employee in such amounts as determined by the Committee; provided that
the amount granted is consistent with the terms of Section 422 of the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code").   In granting Incentive Stock
Options the Committee shall consider the position and responsibilities of the
eligible employee, the length and value of his or her service to the
Association, the compensation paid to the employee and the Committee's
evaluation of the performance of the Association according to measurements that
include, among others, key financial ratios, levels of classified assets, and
independent audit findings.  In the case of an option intended to qualify as an
Incentive Stock Option, the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the
time the option is granted) of the Common Stock with respect to which Incentive
Stock Options granted are exercisable for the first time by the Participant
during any calendar year (under all plans of the Participant's employer
corporation and its parent and subsidiary corporations) shall not exceed
$100,000.  The provisions of this Section 8.1(b) shall be construed and applied
in accordance with Section 422(d) of the Code and the regulations, if any,
promulgated thereunder.

     (c) Term of Options.  The term during which each Incentive Stock Option may
         ---------------                                                        
be exercised shall be determined by the Committee, but in no event shall an
Incentive Stock Option be exercisable in whole or in part more than 10 years
from the Date of Grant.  If any employee, at the time an Incentive Stock Option
is granted to him, owns Common Stock representing more

                                       6
<PAGE>
 
than 10% of the total combined voting power of the Association (or, under
Section 424(d) of the Code, is deemed to own Common Stock representing more than
10% of the total combined voting power of all such classes of Common Stock, by
reason of the ownership of such classes of Common Stock, directly or indirectly,
by or for any brother, sister, spouse, ancestor or lineal descendent of such
employee, or by or for any corporation, partnership, estate or trust of which
such employee is a shareholder, partner or beneficiary), the Incentive Stock
Option granted to him shall not be exercisable after the expiration of five
years from the Date of Grant.  No Incentive Stock Option granted under this Plan
is transferable except by will or the laws of descent and distribution and is
exercisable only by the employee to which it is granted.

     The Committee shall determine the date on which each Incentive Stock Option
shall become exercisable and may provide that an Incentive Stock Option shall
become exercisable in installments.  The shares comprising each installment may
be purchased in whole or in part at any time after such installment becomes
purchasable, provided that the amount able to be first exercised in a given year
is consistent with the terms of Section 422 of the Code.  The Committee, in its
sole discretion, may accelerate the time at which any Incentive Stock Option may
be exercised in whole or in part; provided that it is consistent with the terms
of Section 422 of the Code.  Notwithstanding the above, in the event of a Change
in Control of the Association, all Incentive Stock Options shall become
immediately exercisable.

     (d) Termination of Employment.  Upon the termination of an employee's
         -------------------------                                        
service for any reason other than Disability, Normal Retirement, Change in
Control, death or Termination for Cause, his Incentive Stock Options shall be
exercisable only as to those shares which were immediately purchasable by him at
the date of termination and only for a period of three months following
termination.  In the event of Termination for Cause all rights under his
Incentive Stock Options shall expire upon termination.

     In the event of death or Disability of any employee, all Incentive Stock
Options held by such employee, whether or not exercisable at such time, shall be
exercisable by such employee or his legal representatives or beneficiaries for
one year following the date of his death or cessation of employment due to
Disability.  Upon termination of an employee's service due to Normal Retirement,
or a Change in Control, all Incentive Stock Options held by such employee,
whether or not exercisable at such time, shall be exercisable for a period of
one year following the date of his cessation of employment; provided, however,
that such option shall not be eligible for treatment as an Incentive Stock
Option in the event such option is exercised more than three months following
the date of his Normal Retirement or the Change in Control.  In no event shall
the exercise period extend beyond the expiration of the Incentive Stock Option
term.

     (e) Compliance with Code.  The options granted under this Section 8 of the
         --------------------                                                  
Plan are intended to qualify as incentive stock options within the meaning of
Section 422 of the Code, but the Association makes no warranty as to the
qualification of any option as an incentive stock option within the meaning of
Section 422 of the Code.

                                       7
<PAGE>
 
9.   LIMITED RIGHTS

     9.1  GRANT OF LIMITED RIGHTS

     The Committee may grant a Limited Right simultaneously with the grant of
any option, with respect to all or some of the  shares covered by such option.
Limited Rights granted under this Plan are subject to the following terms and
conditions:

     (a) Terms of Rights.  In no event shall a Limited Right be exercisable in
         ---------------                                                      
whole or in part before the expiration of six months from the date of grant of
the Limited Right.  A Limited Right may be exercised only in the event of a
Change in Control of the Association.

     The Limited Right may be exercised only when the underlying option is
eligible to be exercised, provided that the Fair Market Value of the underlying
shares on the day of exercise is greater than the exercise price of the related
option.

     Upon exercise of a Limited Right, the related option shall cease to be
exercisable.  Upon exercise or termination of an option, any related Limited
Rights shall terminate.  The Limited Rights may be for no more than 100% of the
difference between the exercise price and the Fair Market Value of the Common
Stock subject to the underlying option.  The Limited Right is transferable only
when the underlying option is transferable and under the same conditions.

     (b) Payment. Upon exercise of a Limited Right, the holder shall promptly
         -------                                                             
receive from the Association an amount of cash equal to the difference between
the Fair Market Value on the Date of Grant of the related option and the Fair
Market Value of the underlying shares on the date the Limited Right is
exercised, multiplied by the number of shares with respect to which such Limited
Right is being exercised.

     (c) Stock to be Optioned. The maximum number of shares of Common Stock that
         --------------------                                                   
may be optioned or sold under the Plan is 42,000 shares.  Such shares may be
treasury, or authorized but unissued, shares of Common Stock of the Association.
Any shares subject to an Option under the Plan which Option for any reason
expires or is terminated unexercised as to such shares, may again be subject to
an Option under the Plan.

10.  SURRENDER OF OPTION

     In the event of a Participant's termination of employment as a result of
death, Disability or Retirement, the Participant (or his personal
representative(s), heir(s), or devisee(s)) may, in a form acceptable to the
Committee, make application to surrender all or part of options held by such
Participant in exchange for a cash payment from the Association of an amount
equal to the difference between the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the
date of termination of employment and the exercise price per share of the option
on the Date of Grant.  Whether the Association accepts such application or
determines to make payment, in whole or part, is within

                                       8
<PAGE>
 
its absolute and  sole discretion, it being expressly understood that the
Association is under no obligation to any Participant whatsoever to make such
payments.  In the event that the Association accepts such application and
determines to make payment, such payment shall be in lieu of the exercise of the
underlying option and such option shall cease to be exercisable.

11.  RIGHTS OF A SHAREHOLDER; NON-TRANSFERABILITY

     An optionee shall have no rights as a shareholder with respect to any
shares covered by a Non-Statutory and/or Incentive Stock Option until the date
of issuance of a stock certificate for such shares.  Nothing in this Plan or in
any Award granted confers on any person any right to continue in the employ of
the Association or its affiliates or to continue to perform services for the
Association or its affiliates or interferes in any way with the right of the
Association or its affiliates to terminate his services as an officer or other
employee at any time.

     No Award under the Plan shall be transferable by the optionee other than by
will or the laws of descent and distribution and may only be exercised during
his lifetime by the optionee, or by a guardian or legal representative.

12.  AGREEMENT WITH GRANTEES

     Each Award of Options, and/or Limited Rights will be evidenced by a written
agreement, executed by the Participant and the Association or its affiliates
that describes the conditions for receiving the Awards including the date of
Award, the purchase price if any, applicable periods, and any other terms and
conditions as may be required by the Board of Directors or applicable securities
law.

13.  DESIGNATION OF BENEFICIARY

     A Participant, with the consent of the Committee, may designate a person or
persons to receive, in the event of death, any stock option or Limited Rights
Award to which he would then be entitled.  Such designation will be made upon
forms supplied by and delivered to the Association and may be revoked in
writing.  If a Participant fails effectively to designate a beneficiary, then
his estate will be deemed to be the beneficiary.

14.  DILUTION AND OTHER ADJUSTMENTS

     In the event of any change in the outstanding shares of Common Stock of the
Association by reason of any stock dividend or split, recapitalization, merger,
consolidation, spin-off, reorganization, combination or exchange of shares, or
other similar corporate change, or other increase or decrease in such shares
without receipt or payment of consideration by the Association, the Committee
will make such adjustments to previously granted Awards, to prevent dilution or
enlargement of the rights of the Participant, including any or all of the
following:

                                       9
<PAGE>
 
     (a) adjustments in the aggregate number or kind of shares of Common Stock
     which may be awarded under the Plan;

     (b) adjustments in the aggregate number or kind of shares of Common Stock
     covered by Awards already made under the Plan;

     (c) subject to Section 8.1(a) hereof, adjustments in the purchase price of
     outstanding Incentive and/or Non-Statutory Stock Options, or any Limited
     Rights attached to such options.

     No such adjustments, however, may change materially the value of benefits
available to a Participant under a previously granted Award.

15.  LIMITATIONS UPON EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

     Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, so long as the Company
remains in the mutual form of organization, an option granted under this Plan
may not be exercised if the exercise of such an option would result in the
Holding Company owning less than a majority of the Common Stock of the
Association.  Nothing herein shall preclude the Association from issuing
additional authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to the Company to
allow for the exercise of options which would otherwise have resulted in the
Company owning less than a majority of the Common Stock of the Association.

16.  TREATMENT OF OPTIONS IN THE EVENT OF A CONVERSION TRANSACTION

     In the event that the Company converts to stock form in a Conversion
Transaction ("Stock Holding Company"), any options outstanding shall, at the
option of the holder, (i) be convertible into options for Common Stock of the
Stock Holding Company, or (ii) be exercised by the holder prior to the effective
date of the Conversion Transaction and the holder shall be entitled to exchange,
in the same manner as other minority stockholders of the Association, the shares
of Common Stock of the Association received upon such exercise for shares of
Common Stock of the Stock Holding Company.  Provided, however, that if for any
reason such options are not to be converted or such shares are not exchanged,
the holders of   options under this plan shall receive cash payment for the
shares of stock represented by the options in an amount equal to the initial
offering price of the Common Stock of the Stock Holding Company at the closing
of the Conversion Transaction, less the original exercise price of such options
and, with respect to options that have been exercised, the Stock Holding Company
shall redeem such shares for cash in the same manner as such redemption would
occur for other minority stockholders of the Association.  Any exchange,
conversion of options, or cash payment for shares shall be subject to applicable
federal and state regulations and, if necessary, subject to the approval of the
appropriate regulatory authorities.

                                       10
<PAGE>
 
17.  WITHHOLDING

     There may be deducted from each distribution of cash and/or Common Stock
under the Plan the amount of tax required by any governmental authority to be
withheld.

18.  AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN

     The Board of Directors may at any time, and from time to time, modify or
amend the Plan in any respect; provided, however, that if necessary to continue
to qualify the Plan under the Securities and Exchange Commission Rule 16b-3,
shareholder approval shall be required for any such modification or amendment
that:

     (a) increases the maximum number of shares for which options may be granted
         under the Plan (subject, however, to the provisions of Section 14
         hereof);

     (b) reduces the exercise price at which Awards may be granted (subject,
         however, to the provisions of Sections 8.1(a) and 14 hereof):

     (c) extends the period during which options may be granted or exercised
         beyond the times originally prescribed (subject, however, to the
         provisions of Section 8.1(a) hereof); or

     (d) changes the persons eligible to participate in the Plan.

     Failure to ratify or approve amendments or modifications to subsections (a)
through (d) of this Section 18 by shareholders shall be effective only as to the
specific amendment or modification requiring such ratification.  Other
provisions, sections, and subsections of this Plan will remain in full force and
effect.

     No such termination, modification or amendment may affect the rights of a
Participant under an outstanding Award.

19.  EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN

     The Plan shall become effective upon the consummation of the Reorganization
(the "Effective Date").  The Plan shall be presented to shareholders for
ratification for purposes of: (i) obtaining favorable treatment under Section
16(b) of the Exchange Act; (ii) obtaining preferential tax treatment for
Incentive Stock Options; and (iii) maintaining listing on the NASDAQ System. The
failure to obtain shareholder ratification will not affect the validity of the
Plan and the options thereunder; provided, however, that if the Plan is not
ratified, the Plan shall remain in full force and effect, and any Incentive
Stock Options granted under the Plan shall be deemed to be Non-Statutory Stock
Options.

                                       11
<PAGE>
 
20.  TERMINATION OF THE PLAN

     The right to grant Awards under the Plan will terminate upon the earlier of
ten (10) years after the Effective Date of the issuance of Common Stock or the
exercise of options or related rights equaling the maximum number of shares
reserved under the Plan as set forth in Section 5 hereof. The Board of Directors
has the right to suspend or terminate the Plan at any time; provided that no
such action will, without the consent of a Participant, affect adversely his
rights under a previously granted Award.

21.  APPLICABLE LAW

     The Plan will be administered in accordance with the laws of the State of
Ohio.

Adopted June 23, 1993

                                       12

<PAGE>
 
                                  EXHIBIT 4.2
<PAGE>
 
                                                                     EXHIBIT 4.2

                      THE WAYNE SAVINGS AND LOAN COMPANY

                 1993 STOCK OPTION PLAN FOR OUTSIDE DIRECTORS


1.   PURPOSE

     The purpose of The Wayne Savings and Loan Company 1993 Stock Option Plan
for Outside Directors (the "Directors' Option Plan") is to promote the growth
and profitability of Wayne Savings and Loan Company (the "Association"), and to
provide outside directors of the Association with an incentive to achieve long-
term objectives of the Association, attract and retain non-employee directors of
outstanding competence and to provide such outside directors with an opportunity
to acquire an equity interest in the Association.

2.   ADMINISTRATION

     (a) The Directors' Option Plan shall be administered by a committee (the
"Committee") of the Board of Directors of the Association.  The Committee is
authorized, subject to the provisions of the Plan, to establish such rules and
regulations as it deems necessary for the proper administration of the
Directors' Option Plan and to make whatever determinations and interpretations
in connection with the Directors' Option Plan it deems necessary or advisable.
All determinations and interpretations made by the Committee shall be binding
and conclusive on all participants in the Directors' Option Plan, and on their
legal representatives and beneficiaries.

     (b) The Directors' Option Plan is intended to comply with Rule 16b-3 under
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.  Notwithstanding any term to the contrary
appearing herein, unless permitted by Rule 16b-3(c)(2)(ii), subsequent to the
establishment of the Directors' Option Plan neither the Committee nor the Board
of Directors shall have the authority to determine the amount and price of
securities to be awarded and/or timing of awards to designated directors or
categories of directors, which terms shall be set forth herein.  To the extent
any provisions of the Plan or action by Plan administrators fails to comply with
this subsection 2(b), such provision or action shall be deemed null and void to
the extent permitted by law and deemed advisable by the Board of Directors.

3.   GRANT OF OPTIONS

     (a) Initial Grant.  Each outside director (for purposes of this Directors'
         -------------                                                         
Option Plan, the term "Outside Director" shall mean a member of the Board of
Directors of the Association not also serving as an employee of the Association)
who is serving in such capacity on the date of the Association's initial public
offering and at the effective date of this Directors' Option Plan, shall be
granted a single non-qualified stock option to purchase shares of the Common
Stock of the
<PAGE>
 
Association ("Common Stock") subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 5 in the
following amounts:  options to purchase 3,133 shares will be granted to each
outside director with more than 15 years of service; options to purchase 2,733
shares will be granted to each outside director with 5 to 15 years of service;
options to purchase 2,668 shares will be granted to outside directors with less
than 5 years of service; and options to purchase an additional 467 shares will
be granted to the Chairman of the Board.  The purchase price per share of the
Common Stock deliverable upon the exercise of each non-qualified stock option
shall be the initial public offering price of the Common Stock of the
Association in connection with the reorganization of Wayne Savings and Loan
Company as a mutual holding company to be named Wayne Savings Bankshares, MHC
(the "Company") and the establishment of the Association as its majority-owned
subsidiary (the "Reorganization").

     (b) Subsequent Grants.  Each person who becomes an Outside Director
         -----------------                                              
following the closing of the Association's initial public offering shall be
granted a single non-qualified stock option to purchase 100 shares of Common
Stock, subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 5, to the extent shares remain
available under the Directors' Option Plan.

     (c) Fair Market Value.  For purposes of the Directors' Option Plan, when
         -----------------                                                   
used in connection with Common Stock on a certain date, "Fair Market Value"
means the reported closing price of the Common Stock as reported by the National
Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation ("NASDAQ") System (as
published by the Wall Street Journal, if published) on the day prior to such
date, or if the Common Stock was not traded on such date, on the next preceding
day on which the Common Stock was traded thereon; provided, however, that if the
Common Stock is not reported on the NASDAQ System, Fair Market Value shall mean
the average sale price of all shares of Common Stock sold during the 30-day
period immediately preceding the date on which such stock option was granted,
and if no shares of stock have been sold within such 30-day period, the average
sale price of the last three sales of Common Stock sold during the 90-day period
immediately preceding the date on which such stock option was granted. In the
event Fair Market Value cannot be determined in the manner described above, then
Fair Market Value shall be determined by the Committee.  The Committee shall be
authorized to obtain an independent appraisal to determine the Fair Market Value
of the Common Stock.  For purposes of the grant of options in the
Reorganization, Fair Market Value shall mean the initial public offering price
of the Common Stock.

4.   TERMS AND CONDITIONS

     (a) Option Agreement.  Each option shall be evidenced by a written option
         ----------------                                                     
agreement between the Association and the outside director specifying the number
of shares of Common Stock that may be acquired through its exercise and
containing such other terms and conditions that are not inconsistent with the
terms of this grant.

     (b) Termination of Option.  Each option shall expire upon the earlier of
         ---------------------                                               
(i) one hundred and twenty (120) months following the date of grant, or (ii) one
(1) year following the date on

                                       2
<PAGE>
 
which the outside director ceases to serve in such capacity for any reason other
than Cause. "Cause" is defined as personal dishonesty, willful misconduct, any
breach of fiduciary duty involving personal profit, intentional failure to
perform stated duties, or the willful violation of any law, rule or regulation
(other than traffic violations or similar offenses) that results in a material
loss to the Association or an affiliate of the Association, or a final cease-
and-desist  order. If the Outside Director dies before fully exercising any
portion of an option then exercisable, such option may be exercised by such
Outside Director's personal representative(s), heir(s) or devisee(s) at any time
within the one (1) year period following his or her death; provided, however,
that in no event shall the option be exercisable more than one hundred and
twenty (120) months after the date of its grant.  If the Outside Director is
terminated for Cause all options awarded to him or her shall expire upon such
termination.

     (c) Manner of Exercise.  The option may be exercised from time to time, in
         ------------------                                                    
whole or in part, by delivering a written notice of exercise to the Chief
Executive Officer of the Association.  Such notice is irrevocable and must be
accompanied by full payment of the purchase price in cash or shares of
previously acquired Common Stock of the Association at the Fair Market Value of
such shares determined on the exercise date by the manner described in Section
3(b) hereof.  If previously acquired shares of Common Stock are tendered in
payment of all or part of the exercise price, the value of such shares shall be
determined as of the date of such exercise.

     (d) Surrender Option.  In the event of an Outside Director's termination of
         ----------------                                                       
employment as a result of death, Disability or retirement, the Outside Director
(or his or her personal representative(s), heir(s), or devisee(s)) may, in a
form acceptable to the Committee, make application to surrender all or part of
options held by such Outside Director in exchange for a cash payment from the
Association of an amount equal to the difference between the Fair Market Value
of the Common Stock on the date of termination of employment and the exercise
price per share of the option on the Date of Grant.  Whether the Association
accepts such application or determines to make payment, in whole or part, is
within its absolute and sole discretion, it being expressly understood that the
Association is under no obligation to any Outside Director whatsoever to make
such payments.  In the event that the Association accepts such application and
determines to make payment, such payment shall be in lieu of the exercise of the
underlying option and such option shall cease to be exercisable.  As used
herein, "Disability" shall mean the permanent and total inability by reason of
mental or physical infirmity, or both, of an Outside Director to perform the
duties customarily performed by him or her.  Additionally, a medical doctor
selected or approved by the Board of Directors of the Association must determine
that it is either not possible to determine when such Disability will terminate
or that it appears probable that such Disability will be permanent during such
Outside Director's lifetime.

     (e) Transferability. Each option granted hereby may be exercised only by
         ---------------                                                     
the Outside Director to whom it is issued or in the event of the Outside
Director's death, his or her personal representative(s), heir(s) or devisee(s)
pursuant to the terms of Section 4(b) hereof.

                                       3
<PAGE>
 
     (f) Limitations Upon Exercise of Options.  Notwithstanding any other
         ------------------------------------                            
provision of this Director's Option Plan, so long as the Company remains in the
mutual form of organization, an option granted under this Plan may not be
exercised if the exercise of such an option would result in the Company owning
less than a majority of the Common Stock of the Association.  Nothing herein
shall preclude the Association from issuing additional authorized but unissued
shares of Common Stock to the Company to allow for the exercise of options which
would otherwise have resulted in the Company owning less than a majority of the
Common Stock of the Association.

5.   COMMON STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

     The shares that shall be issued and delivered upon exercise of options
granted under the Directors' Option Plan may be either authorized and unissued
shares of Common Stock or authorized and issued shares of Common Stock held by
the Association as treasury stock.  The number of shares of Common Stock
reserved for issuance under the Directors' Option Plan shall not exceed 3% of
the Common Stock of the Association, issued in connection with the
Reorganization, subject to adjustments pursuant to this Section 5.  Any shares
of Common Stock subject to an option that for any reason either terminates
unexercised or expires, shall again be available for issuance under the
Directors' Option Plan.

     In the event of any change or changes in the outstanding Common Stock of
the Association by reason of any stock dividend or split, recapitalization,
reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-off, combination or any similar
corporate change, or other increase or decrease in such shares effected without
receipt or payment of consideration by the Association, the number of shares of
Common Stock that may be issued under this Directors' Option Plan, the number of
shares of Common Stock subject to options granted under the Directors' Option
Plan, and the option price of such options, shall be automatically adjusted to
prevent dilution or enlargement of the rights granted to an Outside Director
under the Directors' Option Plan.

6.   TREATMENT OF OPTIONS IN THE EVENT OF A CONVERSION TRANSACTION

     In the event that the Company converts (a "Conversion Transaction") from
the mutual to stock form of organization ("Stock Holding Company") either on a
stand-alone basis or in the context of a merger conversion, any options
outstanding shall, at the option of the holder, (i) be convertible into options
for Common Stock of the Stock Holding Company, or (ii) be exercised by the
holder prior to the effective date of the Conversion Transaction and the holder
shall be entitled to exchange, in the same manner as other minority stockholders
of the Association, the shares of Common Stock of the Stock Holding Company.
Provided, however, that if for any reason such options are not to be converted
or such shares are not exchanged, the holders of options under this plan shall
receive cash payment for the shares of stock represented by the options in an
amount equal to the initial offering price of the Common Stock of the Stock
Holding Company at the closing of the Conversion Transaction, less the original
exercise price of such options and, with respect to options that have been
exercised, the Stock Holding Company shall redeem such shares for cash in the
same manner as such redemption would occur for other

                                       4
<PAGE>
 
minority stockholders of the Association.  Any exchange, conversion of options,
or cash payment for shares shall be subject to applicable federal and state
regulations and, if necessary, subject to the approval of the appropriate
Regulatory Authorities.

7.   EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE PLAN; SHAREHOLDER RATIFICATION

     The Directors' Option Plan has been adopted by the Board of Directors of
the Association and shall become effective upon the Reorganization.  Following
the Reorganization, the Directors' Option Plan shall be presented to
shareholders of the Association for ratification for purposes of (i) obtaining
favorable treatment under Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934;
(ii) maintaining listing on the NASDAQ System; and (iii) enabling the issuance
by the Association of the underlying shares to qualify for exemption from OTS
offering circular requirements.  Failure to obtain shareholder ratification will
not affect the validity of the Directors' Option Plan and the options granted
thereunder.

8.   TERMINATION OF THE PLAN

     The right to grant options under the Directors' Option Plan will terminate
upon the earlier of ten years after the Effective Date or the issuance of the
Common Stock or exercise of options equal to the maximum number of shares of
Common Stock reserved for issuance under the Directors' Option Plan.  A majority
of the shareholders of the Association represented in person or proxy at a
meeting of the shareholders may  terminate the Directors' Option Plan; provided,
however, no such termination shall, without the consent of the affected
individual, affect such individual's rights under a previously granted option.

9.   COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 16B-3 UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934.

     (a) Notwithstanding any contrary provisions herein, unless permitted by
Rule 16b-3(c)(2)(ii)(B) terms stating the amount and price of securities to be
awarded and/or timing of awards to designated directors or categories of
directors shall not be amended more than once every six months other than to
comport with changes in the Internal Revenue Code, the Employee Retirement
Income Security Act, or rules thereunder.

     (b) Transactions under this Plan are intended to comply with all applicable
conditions of Rule 16b-3 or its successors under the 1934 Act, and the Plan is
intended to be administered in the manner specified in Rule 16b-3(c)(2)(ii).  To
the extent any provision of this Plan or actions by the plan administrators
fails to so comply, it shall be deemed null and void to the extent permitted by
law and deemed advisable by the plan administrators.

                                       5
<PAGE>
 
10.  APPLICABLE LAW

     The Plan will be administered in accordance with the laws of the State of
Ohio.

Adopted June 23, 1993

                                       6

<PAGE>
 
                                   EXHIBIT 5
<PAGE>
 
                                                                       EXHIBIT 5

          [LETTERHEAD OF LUSE LEHMAN GORMAN POMERENK & SCHICK, P.C.]



November 29, 1997                                               (202) 274-2000

Board of Directors
Wayne Savings Bancshares, Inc.
151 N. Market Street
Wooster, Ohio 44691

           RE:  WAYNE SAVINGS BANCSHARES, INC.
                REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON FORM S-8
                -----------------------------------------

Ladies and Gentlemen:

          You have requested the opinion of this firm as to certain matters in
connection with the offer and sale of Wayne Savings Bancshares, Inc. (the
"Company") common stock, par value $1.00 per share (the "Common Stock"),
pursuant to The Wayne Savings and Loan Company 1993 Incentive Stock Option Plan
and the 1993 Stock Option Plan for Outside Directors (together, the "Plans").
We have reviewed the Company's Charter, Registration Statement on Form S-8 (the
"Form S-8"), as well as applicable statutes and regulations governing the
Company and the offer and sale of the Common Stock.

          Based on the foregoing, we are of the following opinion:

          Upon the effectiveness of the Form S-8, the Common Stock, when sold in
          connection with the exercise of options granted pursuant to the Plans,
          will be legally issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

          This opinion has been prepared solely for the use of the Company in
connection with the preparation and filing of the Form S-8, and should not be
used for any other purpose or relied upon by any other person without the prior
written consent of this firm.  We hereby consent to the use of this opinion in
the Form S-8.

                                       Very truly yours,                       
                                                                               
                                                                               
                                       /s/ Luse Lehman Gorman Pomerenk & Schick
                                       ----------------------------------------
                                       LUSE LEHMAN GORMAN POMERENK &           
                                       SCHICK                                  
                                       A Professional Corporation               

<PAGE>
 
                                 EXHIBIT 23.2
<PAGE>
                                                                    Exhibit 23.2

                               ACCOUNTANT'S CONSENT

        We have issued our report dated May 20, 1997, accompanying the financial
statements of The Wayne Savings and Loan Company which are included in the Form 
S-8 Registration Statement of Wayne Savings Bancshares, Inc. We hereby consent 
to the inclusion of said report in Wayne Savings Bancshares, Inc.'s Form S-8 
Registration Statement as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 
or about December 2, 1997.

/s/ Grant Thornton LLP

Cincinnati, Ohio
December 1, 1997


<PAGE>
 
                                 EXHIBIT 99.1
<PAGE>
 
                         OFFICE OF THRIFT SUPERVISION
                              1700 G STREET, N.W.
                            WASHINGTON, D.C. 20552

                                  FORM 10-KSB

[X]  Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange
     Act of 1934 [FEE REQUIRED]
     For the Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 1997
                                       OR
[_]  Transition Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
     Exchange Act of 1934 [NO FEE REQUIRED]

     For the transition period from _______________ to  ______________________

                            OTS DOCKET NUMBER 4195

                      THE WAYNE SAVINGS AND LOAN COMPANY
                      ----------------------------------
            (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

                    OHIO                               34-0606020
     ----------------------------------      -----------------------------
    (State or other jurisdiction of               (I.R.S. Employer
    incorporation or organization)             Identification Number)

     151 NORTH MARKET STREET, WOOSTER, OHIO                 44691
     --------------------------------------                 -----
    (Address of Principal Executive Offices)               Zip Code

                                (330) 264-5767
                       --------------------------------
                        (Registrant's telephone number)

Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:  NONE

Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:  COMMON STOCK, PAR
                                                             -----------------
VALUE $1.00 PER SHARE
- ---------------------
 (Title of Class)

     Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 during the preceding twelve months (or for such shorter period that the
Registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such
requirements for the past 90 days. YES   X   NO ____
                                       -----          

     Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item
405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the
best of Registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-KSB or any amendment to
this Form 10-KSB.  [X].

     The issuer's revenues for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1997, were $19.3
million.

     The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of
the Registrant, computed by reference to the closing sales price of the
Registrant's stock, as reported on the Nasdaq SmallCap Market on June 13, 1997,
was approximately $14.8 million. This amount excludes shares held by Wayne
Savings Bankshares, M.H.C., and the Registrant's directors and senior officers.
As of June 13, 1997, there were issued and outstanding 2,247,993 shares of the
Registrant's Common Stock.

                      DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

1.   Sections of Annual Report to Stockholders for the fiscal year ended March
31, 1997 (Parts II and III).

2.   Proxy Statement for the 1997 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (Parts I and
III).
<PAGE>
 
                                    PART I
                                    ------

ITEM 1.   BUSINESS
- ------------------

GENERAL

     The Wayne Savings and Loan Company ("Wayne Savings" or the "Association")
is an Ohio-chartered stock savings and loan association headquartered in
Wooster, Ohio.  The Association's deposits are insured by the Federal Deposit
Insurance Corporation ("FDIC") under the Savings Association Insurance Fund
("SAIF").  The Association has been a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank
("FHLB") System since 1937.  At March 31, 1997, the Association had total assets
of $252.2 million, total deposits of $211.4 million, and stockholders' equity of
$23.1 million.

     The Association is a community-oriented savings institution offering
traditional financial services to its local community.  The Association's
primary lending and deposit gathering area includes Wayne, Holmes, Ashland, and
Medina counties, where it operates six full-service offices.  This contiguous
four-county area is located in north central Ohio, and is an active
manufacturing and agricultural market.  The Association's principal business
activity consists of originating one- to four-family residential real estate
loans in its market area.  The Association also originates multi-family
residential and non-residential real estate loans, although such loans
constitute a small portion of the Association's lending activities and a
decreasing portion of the Association's loan portfolio.  The Association also
originates consumer loans, and to a lesser extent, construction loans.  The
Association also invests in mortgage-backed securities and currently maintains a
significant portion of its assets in liquid investments, such as United States
Government securities, federal funds, and deposits in other financial
institutions.

     The Association's principal executive office is located at 151 North Market
Street, Wooster, Ohio, and its telephone number at that address is (330) 264-
5767.

MARKET AREA/LOCAL ECONOMY

     The Association, headquartered in Wooster, Ohio, operates in Wayne,
Ashland, Medina and Holmes Counties in north central Ohio.  Wooster, Ohio is
located in Wayne County and is approximately midway between Cleveland and
Columbus, Ohio.

     Wayne County is characterized by a diverse economic base, which is not
dependent on any particular industry.  It is one of the leading agricultural
counties in the state.  In addition, since 1892, Wooster has been the
headquarters of the Ohio Agricultural Research and Development Center, the
agricultural research arm of The Ohio State University.  Wayne County is also
the home base of such nationally known companies as Rubbermaid Incorporated,
J.M. Smucker Company (located in the City of Orrville) and the Wooster Brush
Company.  It is also the home of many industrial plants, including those of
Packaging Corporation of America, Morton Salt, Bell and Howell Micro Photo
Division, FritoLay, Inc., and The Gerstenslager Company.  Wayne County is also
known for its excellence in education.  The College of Wooster was founded in
1866.  Other quality educational opportunities are offered by the Agricultural
Technical Institute of Ohio State University, and Wayne College, a branch of The
University of Akron.  Wayne Savings operates two full-service offices in
Wooster.

     Ashland County, which is located due west of Wayne County, also has a
diverse economic base.  In addition to its agricultural segment, Ashland County
has manufacturing plants producing rubber and plastics, machinery,
transportation equipment, chemicals, apparel, and other items.  Ashland is also
the home of Ashland University.  The City of Ashland is the county seat and the
location of one of the Association's branch offices.

     Medina County, located just north of Wayne County, is the center of a
fertile agricultural region.  Farming remains the largest industry in the county
in terms of dollar value of goods produced.  However, over 100 small
manufacturing firms also operate in the county.  The City of Medina is located
in the center of the Cleveland-Akron-Lorain Standard Consolidated Statistical
Marketing Area.  Medina is located approximately 30 miles south of Cleveland and
15 miles west of Akron.  Due to its proximity to Akron and Cleveland, a majority
of Medina County's
<PAGE>
 
labor force is employed in these two cities.  The Association operates one full-
service office in Medina County, which is located in the Village of Lodi.

     Holmes County, located directly south of Wayne County, has a mostly rural
economy.  The local economy depends mostly upon agriculture, light
manufacturing, fabrics, and wood products.  Because of the scenic beauty and a
large Amish settlement, revenues from tourism are becoming increasingly
significant.  The county is also noted for its many fine cheese-making
operations.  A large number of Holmes County residents are employed in Wayne
County. The City of Millersburg is the county seat and the location of one of
the Association's branch offices.

LENDING ACTIVITIES

     GENERAL.  Historically, the principal lending activity of the Association
has been the origination of fixed and adjustable rate mortgage ("ARM") loans
collateralized by one- to four-family residential properties located in its
market area.  The Association originates ARM loans for retention in its
portfolio, and fixed rate loans that are eligible for resale in the secondary
mortgage market.  The Association also originates loans collateralized by non-
residential and multi-family residential real estate as well as commercial
business loans; however, such lending has been reduced significantly in recent
years and currently constitutes a relatively small portion of the Association's
lending activities. The Association also originates consumer loans to broaden
services offered to customers and to decrease the Association's interest rate
risk exposure.

     The Association has sought to make its interest-earning assets more
interest rate sensitive by originating adjustable rate loans, such as ARM loans,
home equity loans, and medium-term consumer loans.  The Association also
purchases mortgage-backed securities generally with estimated remaining average
lives of 5 years or less.  At March 31, 1997, approximately $72.8 million, or
34.3%, of the Association's total loans and mortgage-backed securities, due
after March 31, 1998, consisted of loans or securities with adjustable interest
rates.

     The Association continues actively to originate fixed rate mortgage loans,
generally with 15 to 30 year terms to maturity, collateralized by one- to four-
family residential properties.  One- to four-family fixed rate residential
mortgage loans generally are originated and underwritten according to standards
that allow the Association to resell such loans in the secondary mortgage market
for purposes of managing interest rate risk and liquidity.  The majority of such
one- to four-family fixed rate residential mortgage loans, however, are retained
by the Association.  The Association retains servicing on its sold mortgage
loans and realizes monthly service fee income.  The Association also originates
interim construction loans on one- to four-family residential properties.

                                      -2-
<PAGE>
 
     ANALYSIS OF LOAN PORTFOLIO.  Set forth below are selected data relating to
the composition of the Association's loan portfolio by type of loan as of the
dates indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             At March 31,
                                        -------------------------------------------------------
                                                   1997                         1996     1995
                                        ---------------------------           --------  -------
                                           $         %        $         %        $         %
                                        --------  -------  --------  -------  --------  -------
<S>                                     <C>       <C>      <C>       <C>      <C>       <C>
(Dollars in Thousands)
Mortgage loans:
 One- to four-family residential(1)...  $184,381   85.98%  $177,267   83.60%  $170,450   81.63%
 Residential construction loans.......     5,717    2.67      5,250    2.48      5,680    2.72
 Multi-family residential.............     5,491    2.56     10,215    4.82     10,994    5.26
 Non-residential real estate/land(2)..     6,519    3.04      6,831    3.22      9,467    4.53
                                        --------  ------   --------  ------   --------  ------
   Total mortgage loans...............   202,108   94.25    199,563   94.12    196,591   94.14
Other loans:
 Consumer loans.......................    11,568    5.39     11,708    5.52     10,376    4.97
 Commercial business loans............       769     .36        767     .36      1,854     .89
                                        --------  ------   --------  ------   --------  ------
   Total other loans..................    12,337    5.75     12,475    5.88     12,230    5.86
                                        --------  ------   --------  ------   --------  ------
Total loans before net items..........   214,445  100.00%   212,038  100.00%   208,821  100.00%
                                                  ======             ======             ======
 
Less:
 Loans in process.....................     2,111              2,540              3,781
 Deferred loan origination fees.......     2,016              2,097              2,120
 Unearned income......................        --                 --                 82
 Allowance for loan losses............       914                888                981
                                        --------           --------           --------
 
   Total loans receivable, net........  $209,404           $206,513           $201,857
                                        ========           ========           ========
 
Mortgage-backed securities, net (3)...  $    873           $  1,929           $  2,920
                                        ========           ========           ========
</TABLE>

_________________
(1)  Includes equity loans collateralized by second mortgages in the aggregate
     amount of $7.3 million, $5.8 million, and $5.5 million, as of March 31,
     1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively. Such loans have been underwritten on
     substantially the same basis as the Association's first mortgage loans.
(2)  Includes land loans of $449,000, $348,000, and $432,000 as of March 31,
     1997, 1996, and 1995, respectively.
(3)  Includes mortgage-backed securities designated as available for sale.

                                      -3-
<PAGE>
 
     LOAN AND MORTGAGE-BACKED SECURITIES MATURITY AND REPRICING SCHEDULE.  The
following table sets forth certain information as of March 31, 1997, regarding
the dollar amount of loans and mortgage-backed securities maturing in the
Association's  portfolio based on their contractual terms to maturity.  Demand
loans, loans having no stated schedule of repayments and no stated maturity, and
overdrafts are reported as due in one year or less.  Adjustable and floating
rate loans are included in the period in which interest rates are next scheduled
to adjust rather than in which they mature, and fixed rate loans and mortgage-
backed securities are included in the period in which the final contractual
repayment is due.  Fixed rate mortgage-backed securities are assumed to mature
in the period in which the final contractual payment is due on the underlying
mortgage.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                One        Three       Five         Ten       Beyond         
                                                Within        Through     Through     Through     Through     Twenty       
                                                One Year    Three Years  Five Years  Ten Years  Twenty Years  Years    Total
                                                ----------  -----------  ----------  ---------  ------------  ------   ----- 
                                                                     (In Thousands)
<S>                                             <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>        <C>           <C>      <C>         
Mortgage loans (1):                                                                                                                
 One to four family residential:                                                                                                   
   Adjustable.................................  $58,755     $1,427       $   --      $    --    $    --       $    --  $ 60,182    
   Fixed......................................      322        512        1,891       12,670     48,957        61,180   125,532    
Multi-family residential and nonresidential:                                                                                       
   Adjustable.................................   10,039      1,263           --           --         --            --    11,302    
   Fixed......................................       17        772           85        1,203        679           550     3,306    
Second Mortgage Loans.........................        2         46          129          507         --            --       684    
Other Loans:                                                                                                                       
   Commercial.................................      606        363           20            5         --            --       994    
   Consumer...................................    2,359      2,583        2,136        3,231         25            --    10,334    
                                                -------     ------       ------      -------    -------       -------  --------    
Total loans...................................  $72,100     $6,966       $4,261      $17,616    $49,661       $61,730  $212,334    
                                                =======     ======       ======      =======    =======       =======  ========    
                                                                                                                                   
Mortgage-backed securities (2)................  $    48     $  447       $   --      $    --    $   333       $    --  $    828    
                                                =======     ======       ======      =======    =======       =======  ========     

</TABLE>

__________________________
(1)  Amounts shown are net of loans in process of $2.1 million.
(2)  Includes mortgage-backed securities available for sale.  Does not include
     premiums of $5,000, unrealized gains of $47,000, and discounts of $7,000.

                                      -4-
<PAGE>
 
     The following table sets forth at March 31, 1997, the dollar amount of all
fixed rate and adjustable rate  loans due after March 31, 1998.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      Fixed    Adjustable   Total
                                     --------  ----------  --------
                                             (In Thousands)
<S>                                  <C>       <C>         <C>
Mortgage loans:
  One- to four-family residential..  $125,175     $60,181  $185,356
  Multi-family residential.........     3,289      11,301    14,590
 
Other loans:
  Commercial business..............       388         603       991
  Consumer.........................     9,484         692    10,176
                                     --------     -------  --------
     Total loans...................  $138,336     $72,777  $211,113
                                     ========     =======  ========
 
Mortgage-backed securities (1).....  $    780     $    --  $    780
                                     ========     =======  ========
</TABLE>

_________________________
(1) Includes mortgage-backed securities available for sale.


     ONE- TO FOUR-FAMILY RESIDENTIAL REAL ESTATE LOANS.  The Association's
primary lending activity consists of the origination of one- to four-family,
owner-occupied, residential mortgage loans on properties located in the
Association's market area.  The Association generally does not originate one- to
four-family residential loans on properties outside of its market area.  At
March 31, 1997, the Association had $184.4 million, or 86.0%, of its total loan
portfolio invested in one- to four-family residential mortgage loans.

     The Association's fixed rate loans generally are originated and
underwritten according to standards that permit resale in the secondary mortgage
market.  Whether the Association can or will sell fixed rate loans into the
secondary market, however, depends on a number of factors including but not
limited to the Association's portfolio mix, gap and liquidity positions, and
market conditions.  Moreover, the Association is more likely to retain fixed
rate loans if its one year gap is positive.  The Association's fixed rate
mortgage loans are amortized on a monthly basis with principal and interest due
each month.  One- to four-family residential real estate loans often remain
outstanding for significantly shorter periods than their contractual terms
because borrowers may refinance or prepay loans at their option.  The
Association's secondary market activities over the past three years have been
limited to sales of $2.0 million, $3.1 million, and $1.4 million for the fiscal
years ended March 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively.  Such sales generally
constituted current period originations.  No mortgage loans were held for sale
as of March 31, 1997, 1996, and 1995.

     The Association currently offers one- to four-family residential mortgage
loans with terms typically ranging from 15 to 30 years, and with adjustable or
fixed interest rates.  Originations of fixed rate mortgage loans versus ARM
loans are monitored on an ongoing basis and are affected significantly by the
level of market interest rates, customer preference, the Association's interest
rate gap position, and loan products offered by the Association's competitors.
Particularly in a relatively low interest rate environment, borrowers typically
prefer fixed rate loans to ARM loans.  Therefore, even if management's strategy
is to emphasize ARM loans, market conditions may be such that there is greater
demand for fixed rate mortgage loans.  During the year ended March 31, 1997, the
Association's ARM portfolio decreased by $1.3 million, or 2.3%.

     The Association's ARM loans adjust annually with interest rate adjustment
limitations of  1% per year and with a cap of 3% on total rate increases or
decreases over the life of the loan.  The Association's current index on its ARM
loans is the Ohio Cost of Funds for SAIF-Insured Savings Associations, which
index is published quarterly by the OTS.  In the past, the Association has used
different interest indices for ARM loans, such as the National Average Contract
Rate for Previously Occupied Homes and the National Average Cost of Funds.
Consequently, the

                                      -5-
<PAGE>
 
interest rate adjustments on the Association's portfolio of ARM loans do not
reflect changes in a particular interest rate index.  The Association does not
originate ARM loans with initially discounted rates.  The Association determines
whether a borrower qualifies for an ARM loan based on the contractual rate of
the ARM loan at the time the loan is originated.  One- to four-family
residential ARM loans totaled $60.2 million, or 28.3%, of the Association's
total loan portfolio at March 31, 1997.

     The primary purpose of offering ARM loans is to make the Association's loan
portfolio more interest rate sensitive.  However, as the interest income earned
on ARM loans varies with prevailing interest rates, such loans do not offer the
Association predictable cash flows as would long-term, fixed rate loans.  ARM
loans carry increased credit risk associated with potentially higher monthly
payments by borrowers as general market interest rates increase. It is possible,
therefore, that during periods of rising interest rates, the risk of default on
ARM loans may increase due to the upward adjustment of interest costs to the
borrower.  Management believes that the Association's credit risk associated
with its ARM loans is reduced because the Association has a 3% cap on interest
rate increases during the life of its ARM loans.

     The Association also offers home equity loans and equity lines of credit
collateralized by a second mortgage on the borrower's principal residence.  In
underwriting these home equity loans, the Association requires that the maximum
loan-to-value ratios, including the principal balances of both the first and
second mortgage loans, not exceed 85%.  The home equity loan portfolio consists
of adjustable rate loans, which use the Ohio Average Cost of Funds for SAIF-
Insured Savings Associations and the prime rate as published in The Wall Street
Journal as interest rate indices.  Home equity loans include fixed term
adjustable rate loans, as well as lines of credit.  As of March 31, 1997, the
Association's equity loan portfolio totaled $7.3 million, or 4.0%, of its one-
to four-family mortgage loan portfolio.

     The Association's one- to four-family residential first mortgage loans
customarily include due-on-sale clauses, which are provisions giving the
Association the right to declare a loan immediately due and payable in the
event, among other things, that the borrower sells or otherwise disposes of the
underlying real property serving as security for the loan.  Due-on-sale clauses
are an important means of adjusting the rates on the Association's fixed rate
mortgage loan portfolio.

     Regulations limit the amount that a savings association may lend relative
to the appraised value of the real estate securing the loan, as determined by an
appraisal at the time of loan origination.  The Association's lending policies
limit the maximum loan-to-value ratio on both fixed rate and ARM loans without
private mortgage insurance to 80% of the lesser of the appraised value or the
purchase price of the property to serve as collateral for the loan. However, the
Association makes one- to four-family real estate loans with loan-to-value
ratios in excess of 80%.  For 15 year fixed rate and all ARM loans with loan-to-
value ratios of 80.01% to 90%, and 90.01% to 95%, the Association requires the
first 20%, and 25%, respectively, of the loan to be covered by private mortgage
insurance. For 30 year fixed rate loans with loan-to-value ratios of 80.01% to
85%, 85.01% to 90%, and 90.01% to 95%, the Association requires the first 12%,
25%, and 30%, respectively, of the loan to be covered by private mortgage
insurance.  The Association requires fire and casualty insurance, as well as
title insurance regarding good title, on all properties securing real estate
loans made by the Association and flood insurance, where applicable.

     MULTI-FAMILY RESIDENTIAL REAL ESTATE LOANS.   In recent years, the
Association has significantly reduced its originations of multi-family real
estate loans.  Loans securing multi-family real estate constituted approximately
$5.5 million, or 2.6%, of the Association's total loan portfolio at March 31,
1997.  The Association's multi-family real estate loans are secured by multi-
family residences, such as apartment buildings.  At March 31, 1997, 79.0% of the
Association's multi-family loans were secured by properties located within the
Association's market area.  At March 31, 1997, the Association's multi-family
real estate loans had an average balance of $138,000, and the largest multi-
family real estate loan had a principal balance of $1.3 million.  Multi-family
real estate loans currently are offered with adjustable interest rates or short
term balloon maturities, although in the past the Association originated fixed
rate long term multi-family real estate loans.  The terms of each multi-family
loan are negotiated on a case by case basis, although such loans typically have
adjustable interest rates tied to a market index, and amortize over 15

                                      -6-
<PAGE>
 
to 25 years.  The Association currently does not emphasize multi-family real
estate construction loans; however, the Association's policies do not preclude
such lending.

     Loans secured by multi-family real estate generally involve a greater
degree of credit risk than one- to four-family residential mortgage loans and
carry larger loan balances.  This increased credit risk is a result of several
factors, including the concentration of principal in a limited number of loans
and borrowers, the effects of general economic conditions on income producing
properties, and the increased difficulty of evaluating and monitoring these
types of loans.  Furthermore, the repayment of loans secured by multi-family
real estate is typically dependent upon the successful operation of the related
real estate property.  If the cash flow from the project is reduced, the
borrower's ability to repay the loan may be impaired.

     NON-RESIDENTIAL REAL ESTATE LOANS.  The Association also has reduced
significantly its non-residential real estate loan originations in recent years.
Loans secured by non-residential real estate constituted approximately $6.5
million, or 3.0%, of the Association's total loan portfolio at March 31, 1997.
The Association's non-residential real estate loans are secured by improved
property such as offices, small business facilities, and other non-residential
buildings.  At March 31, 1997, 70.0% of the Association's non-residential real
estate loans were secured by properties located within the Association's market
area.  At March 31, 1997, the Association's non-residential loans had an average
balance of $162,000, and the largest non-residential real estate loan had a
principal balance of $979,000.  The terms of each non-residential real estate
loan are negotiated on a case by case basis.  Non-residential real estate loans
are currently offered with adjustable interest rates or short term balloon
maturities, although in the past the Association has originated fixed rate long
term non-residential real estate loans.  Non-residential real estate loans
originated by the Association generally amortize over 15 to 25 years.  The
Association currently does not emphasize non-residential real estate
construction loans; however, the Association's policies do not preclude such
lending.

     Loans secured by non-residential real estate generally involve a greater
degree of risk than one- to four-family residential mortgage loans and carry
larger loan balances.  This increased credit risk is a result of several
factors, including the concentration of principal in a limited number of loans
and borrowers, the effects of general economic conditions on income producing
properties, and the increased difficulty of evaluating and monitoring these
types of loans.  Furthermore, the repayment of loans secured by non-residential
real estate is typically dependent upon the successful operation of the related
real estate project.  If the cash flow from the project is reduced, the
borrower's ability to repay the loan may be impaired.

     The Association also originates a limited number of land loans secured by
individual improved and unimproved lots for future residential construction.
Land loans are generally offered with a fixed rate and with terms of up to 5
years.  Land loans totaled $449,000 at March 31, 1997.

     RESIDENTIAL CONSTRUCTION LOANS.  To a lesser extent, the Association
originates loans to finance the construction of one- to four-family residential
property.  At March 31, 1997, the Association had $5.7 million, or 2.7%, of its
total loan portfolio invested in interim construction loans.  The Association
makes construction loans to private individuals and to builders.  Loan proceeds
are disbursed in increments as construction progresses and as inspections
warrant.  Construction loans are typically structured as permanent one- to four-
family loans originated by the Association with a 12-month construction phase.
Accordingly, upon completion of the construction phase, there is no change in
interest rate or term to maturity of the original construction loan, nor is a
new permanent loan originated.

     CONSUMER LOANS.  Ohio savings associations are authorized to invest in
secured and unsecured consumer loans in an aggregate amount which, when combined
with investments in commercial paper and corporate debt securities, does not
exceed 20% of an association's assets.  In addition, an Ohio association is
permitted to invest up to 5% of its assets in loans for educational purposes.

     As of March 31, 1997, consumer loans totaled $11.6 million, or 5.4%, of the
Association's total loan portfolio.  The principal types of consumer loans
offered by the Association are fixed rate and fixed term second

                                      -7-
<PAGE>
 
mortgage loans, auto and truck loans, education loans, credit card loans,
unsecured personal loans, and loans secured by deposit accounts.  Consumer loans
are offered primarily on a fixed rate basis with maturities generally of less
than ten years.  The Association's second mortgage consumer loans are secured by
the borrower's principal residence with a maximum loan-to-value ratio, including
the principal balances of both the first and second mortgage loans, of 80% or
less.  Such loans are offered on a fixed rate basis with terms of up to ten
years.  At March 31, 1997, second mortgage loans totaled $2.9 million, or 28.2%,
of consumer loans.

     The underwriting standards employed by the Association for consumer loans
include a determination of the applicant's credit history and an assessment of
ability to meet existing obligations and payments on the proposed loan. The
quality and stability of the applicant's monthly income are determined by
analyzing the gross monthly income from primary employment, and additionally
from any verifiable secondary income.  Creditworthiness of the applicant is of
primary consideration; however, the underwriting process also includes a
comparison of the value of the collateral in relation to the proposed loan
amount.

     Consumer loans entail greater credit risk than do residential mortgage
loans, particularly in the case of consumer loans that are unsecured or secured
by assets that depreciate rapidly, such as automobiles, mobile homes, boats, and
recreational vehicles.  In such cases, repossessed collateral for a defaulted
consumer loan may not provide an adequate source of repayment for the
outstanding loan and the remaining deficiency often does not warrant further
substantial collection efforts against the borrower.  In particular, amounts
realizable on the sale of repossessed automobiles may be significantly reduced
based upon the condition of the automobiles and the lack of demand for used
automobiles.  The Association adds a general provision on a regular basis to its
consumer loan loss allowance, based on general economic conditions and prior
loss experience.  See "--Delinquencies and Classified Assets--Non-Performing
Assets," and "--Classification of Assets" for information regarding the
Association's loan loss experience and reserve policy.

     MORTGAGE-BACKED SECURITIES.  The Association also invests in mortgage-
backed securities issued or guaranteed by the United States Government or
agencies thereof.  Investments in mortgage-backed securities are made either
directly or by exchanging mortgage loans in the Association's portfolio for such
securities.  These securities consist primarily of fixed rate mortgage-backed
securities issued or guaranteed by the Federal National Mortgage Association
("FNMA"), Freddie Mac, and the Government National Mortgage Association
("GNMA").  Total mortgage-backed securities, including those designated as
available for sale, decreased from $1.9 million at March 31, 1996, to $873,000
at March 31, 1997, primarily as a result of prepayments of underlying
collateral.

     The Association's objectives in investing in mortgage-backed securities
varies from time to time depending upon market interest rates, local mortgage
loan demand, and the Association's level of liquidity.  Mortgage-backed
securities are more liquid than whole loans and can be readily sold in response
to market conditions and interest rates. Mortgage-backed securities purchased by
the Association also have lower credit risk because principal and interest are
either insured or guaranteed by the United States Government or agencies
thereof.

     LOAN ORIGINATIONS, SOLICITATION, PROCESSING, AND COMMITMENTS.  Loan
originations are derived from a number of sources such as real estate broker
referrals, existing customers, borrowers, builders, attorneys, and walk-in
customers.  Upon receiving a loan application, the Association obtains a credit
report and employment verification to verify specific information relating to
the applicant's employment, income, and credit standing.  In the case of a real
estate loan, an appraiser approved by the Association appraises the real estate
intended to secure the proposed loan.  An underwriter in the Association's loan
department checks the loan application file for accuracy and completeness, and
verifies the information provided.  One- to four-family and multi-family
residential, and commercial real estate loans, for up to $100,000, may be
approved by the manager of the mortgage loan department, loans between $100,000
and $200,000 must be approved by the Chief Lending Officer or Chief Executive
Officer, and loans in excess of $200,000 must be approved by the Board of
Directors.  The Loan Committee meets once a week to review and verify that
management's approvals of loans are made within the scope of management's
authority.  All approvals subsequently are ratified monthly by the full Board of
Directors.  Fire and casualty insurance is required at the time the loan is made
and throughout the term of the loan.  After the loan is approved, a loan

                                      -8-
<PAGE>
 
commitment letter is promptly issued to the borrower.  At March 31, 1997, the
Association had commitments to originate $2.1 million of loans.

     If the loan is approved, the commitment letter specifies the terms and
conditions of the proposed loan including the amount of the loan, interest rate,
amortization term, a brief description of the required collateral, and required
insurance coverage.  The borrower must provide proof of fire and casualty
insurance on the property serving as collateral, which insurance must be
maintained during the full term of the loan.  A title search of the property is
required on all loans secured by real property.

     Although in the past the Association has purchased loans originated by
other lenders, the Association has not purchased any such loans in at least 10
years.  At March 31, 1997, less than 2% of all loans in the Association's
portfolio were purchased from others and the majority of such loans were
collateralized by properties located in Ohio.

     ORIGINATION, PURCHASE AND SALE OF LOANS AND MORTGAGE-BACKED SECURITIES.
The table below shows the Association's loan origination, purchase and sales
activity for the periods indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      At March 31,
                                                      -------------
                                                          1997         1996       1995
                                                      -------------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                   <C>            <C>        <C>
(In Thousands)
 
Total loans receivable, net at beginning of period..      $206,513   $201,857   $182,963
 
Loans originated:
 One- to four-family residential (1)................        37,302     35,868     43,794
 Multi-family residential (2).......................         1,268      1,001      1,313
 Non-residential real estate/land...................         1,586        587      1,867
 Consumer loans.....................................         6,269      7,620      6,757
 Commercial loans...................................         1,344        576        973
                                                          --------   --------   --------
  Total loans originated............................        47,769     45,652     54,704
Loans sold:
 Whole loans........................................        (1,930)    (3,098)    (1,399)
                                                          --------   --------   --------
  Total loans sold..................................        (1,930)    (3,098)    (1,399)
 
Mortgage loans transferred to REO...................            --     (1,344)       (17)
Loan repayments.....................................       (43,266)   (36,943)   (34,823)
Other loan activity, net............................           318        389        429
                                                          --------   --------   --------
  Total loans receivable, net at end of period......      $209,404   $206,513   $201,857
                                                          ========   ========   ========
 
Mortgage-backed securities at beginning of period...      $  1,929   $  2,920   $  4,032
Mortgage-backed securities purchased................            --         --         --
Mortgage-backed securities sold.....................            --         --         --
Principal repayments and other activity.............        (1,056)      (991)    (1,112)
                                                          --------   --------   --------
  Mortgage-backed securities at end of period.......      $    873   $  1,929   $  2,920
                                                          ========   ========   ========
</TABLE>

_______________
(1)  Includes loans to finance the construction of one- to four-family
     residential properties, and loans disbursed for sale in the secondary
     market.
(2)  Includes loans to finance the sale of real estate acquired through
     foreclosure.

     LOAN ORIGINATION FEES AND OTHER INCOME.  In addition to interest earned on
loans, the Association generally receives loan origination fees.  The
Association accounts for loan and origination fees in accordance with Statement
of Financial Accounting Standards No. 91 (SFAS No. 91) on the accounting for
non-refundable fees and costs associated with originating or acquiring loans.
To the extent that loans are originated or acquired for the Association's
portfolio, SFAS No. 91 requires that the Association defer loan origination fees
and costs and amortize such amounts

                                      -9-
<PAGE>
 
as an adjustment of yield over the life of the loan by use of the level yield
method.  SFAS No. 91 reduces the amount of revenue recognized by many financial
institutions at the time such loans are originated or acquired.  Fees deferred
under SFAS No. 91 are recognized into income immediately upon prepayment or the
sale of the related loan.  At March 31, 1997, the Association had $2.0 million
of deferred loan origination fees.  Loan origination fees are volatile sources
of income.  Such fees vary with the volume and type of loans and commitments
made and purchased, principal repayments, and competitive conditions in the
mortgage markets, which in turn respond to the demand for and availability of
money.

     In addition to loan origination fees, the Association also receives other
fees, service charges, and other income that consist primarily of deposit
transaction account service charges, late charges, credit card fees, and income
from REO operations.  The Association recognized fees and service charges of
$519,000, $509,000, and $503,000, for the fiscal years ended March 31, 1997,
1996 and 1995, respectively.

     LOANS TO ONE BORROWER. Savings associations are subject to the same limits
as those applicable to national banks, which under current regulations restrict
loans to one borrower to an amount equal to 15% of unimpaired capital and
unimpaired surplus on an unsecured basis, and an additional amount equal to 10%
of unimpaired capital and unimpaired surplus if the loan is secured by readily
marketable collateral (generally, financial instruments and bullion, but not
real estate). At March 31, 1997, the Association's largest real estate related
borrower had an aggregate principal outstanding balance of $1.7 million. The
Association had no loans at March 31, 1997 that exceeded the loans to one
borrower regulations.

DELINQUENCIES AND CLASSIFIED ASSETS

     DELINQUENCIES.  The Association's collection procedures provide that when a
loan is 15 days past due, a computer-generated late charge notice is sent to the
borrower requesting payment, plus a late charge.  This notice is followed with a
letter again requesting payment when the payment becomes 20 days past due.  If
delinquency continues, at 30 days another collection letter is sent and personal
contact efforts are attempted, either in person or by telephone, to strengthen
the collection process and obtain reasons for the delinquency.  Also, plans to
arrange a repayment plan are made.  If a loan becomes 60 days past due, the loan
becomes subject to possible legal action if suitable arrangements to repay have
not been made.  In addition, the borrower is given information which provides
access to consumer counseling services, to the extent required by HUD
regulations.  When a loan continues in a delinquent status for 90 days or more,
and a repayment schedule has not been made or kept by the borrower, a notice of
intent to foreclose is sent to the borrower, giving 30 days to cure the
delinquency.  If not cured, foreclosure proceedings are initiated.

     NON-PERFORMING ASSETS. Loans are reviewed on a regular basis and are placed
on a non-accrual status when, in the opinion of management, the collection of
additional interest is doubtful. Mortgage loans are placed on non-accrual status
generally when either principal or interest is 90 days or more past due and
management considers the interest uncollectible. Interest accrued and unpaid at
the time a loan is placed on non-accrual status is charged against interest
income.

     At March 31, 1997, the Association had non-performing assets of $1.8
million and a ratio of non-performing assets to total assets of .70%. At March
31, 1997, 1996, and 1995, the Association had non-performing assets of $1.8
million, $3.4 million, and $1.7 million, respectively. The Association's levels
of non-performing assets during the three year period ended March 31, 1997 were
below peer group averages. The increase in nonperforming assets during the year
ended March 31, 1996 was primarily attributable to one borrower.

     Real estate acquired by the Association as a result of foreclosure or by
deed in lieu of foreclosure is deemed REO until such time as it is sold. When
REO is acquired, it is recorded at the lower of the unpaid principal balance of
the related loan or its fair value, less estimated selling expenses. Valuations
are periodically performed by management, and any subsequent decline in fair
value is charged to operations. At March 31, 1997, the Association held one
property with a book value of $809,000. The property was acquired during fiscal
1996 as the result of

                                     -10-
<PAGE>
 
foreclosure.  A portion of the property was sold during fiscal 1997.  At March
31, 1996, the property had a book value of $1.3 million.

  The following table sets forth information regarding the Association's non-
accrual loans and real estate acquired by foreclosure at the dates indicated.
For all the dates indicated, the Association did not have any material
restructured loans within the meaning of SFAS 15.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           At March 31,
                                               -------------------------------
                                                   1997        1996     1995
                                               -------------  -------  -------
<S>                                            <C>            <C>      <C>
                                                     (Dollars in Thousands)
Non-accrual loans:
 Mortgage loans:
   Permanent loans secured by one- to
    four-family dwelling units...............        $  560   $  409   $  298
   All other mortgage loans..................            --      260    1,368
 Non-mortgage loans:
   Commercial................................           364      352       --
   Consumer..................................             5        5        3
                                                     ------   ------   ------
Total non-accrual loans......................           929    1,026    1,669
Accruing loans 90 days or more delinquent....            33    1,060       13
                                                     ------   ------   ------
Total non-performing loans...................           962    2,086    1,682
Total real estate owned (1)..................           809    1,277       17
                                                     ------   ------   ------
Total non-performing assets..................        $1,771   $3,363   $1,699
                                                     ======   ======   ======
Total non-performing loans to net loans
 receivable..................................           .46%    1.01%     .83%
Total non-performing loans to total assets...           .38%     .84%     .70%
Total non-performing assets to total assets..           .70%    1.35%     .70%
</TABLE> 

_____________________
(1) Represents the net book value of property acquired by the Association
    through foreclosure or deed in lieu of foreclosure.  These properties are
    recorded at the lower of the loan's unpaid principal balance or fair value
    less estimated selling expenses.


     During the year ended March 31, 1997, gross interest income of $84,000
would have been recorded on loans accounted for on a non-accrual basis if the
loans had been current throughout the period.  The amount of interest income on
non-accrual loans actually included in income during the same period amounted to
$22,000.

     The following table sets forth information with respect to loans past due
by 60-89 days and 90 days or more in the Association's portfolio at the dates
indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          At March 31,
                                    ----------------------
                                     1997    1996    1995   
                                    ------  ------  ------
                                        (In Thousands) 
<S>                                 <C>     <C>     <C>
Loans past due 60-89 days.........  $  373  $  157  $  155
Loans past due 90 days or more....     962   2,086   1,682
                                    ------  ------  ------
  Total past due 60 days or more..  $1,335  $2,243  $1,837
                                    ======  ======  ======
</TABLE>

     CLASSIFICATION OF ASSETS.  Federal regulations provide for the
classification of loans and other assets such as debt and equity securities
considered by the OTS to be of lesser quality as "substandard," "doubtful," or
"loss" assets. An asset is considered "substandard" if it is inadequately
protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the
collateral pledged, if any. "Substandard" assets include those characterized by
the "distinct possibility" that the savings institution will sustain "some loss"
if the deficiencies are not corrected. Assets classified as "doubtful" have all
of the weaknesses inherent in those classified "substandard," with the added
characteristic that the weaknesses present make "collection or liquidation in
full," on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values, "highly
questionable and improbable." Assets classified as "loss" are those considered
"uncollectible"

                                     -11-
<PAGE>
 
and of such little value that their continuance as assets without the
establishment of a specific loss reserve is not warranted.  Assets that do not
expose the savings institution to risk sufficient to warrant classification in
one of the aforementioned categories, but which possess some weaknesses, are
required to be designated "special mention" by management.

     When a savings institution classifies problem assets as either substandard
or doubtful, it is required to establish general allowances for loan losses in
an amount deemed prudent by management. General allowances represent loss
allowances that have been established to recognize the inherent risk associated
with lending activities, but which, unlike specific allowances, have not been
allocated to particular problem assets. When a savings institution classifies
problem assets as "loss," it is required either to establish a specific
allowance for losses equal to 100% of the amount of the assets so classified, or
to charge off such amount. A savings institution's determination as to the
classification of its assets and the amount of its valuation allowances is
subject to review by the OTS, which can order the establishment of additional
general or specific loss allowances. The Association regularly reviews the
problem loans in its portfolio to determine whether any loans require
classification in accordance with applicable regulations.

     The following table sets forth the aggregate amount of the Association's
classified assets at the dates indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    At March 31,
                              ----------------------
                               1997    1996    1995
                              ------  ------  ------
                                     (In Thousands)
<S>                           <C>     <C>     <C>
 
Substandard assets (1)......  $1,509  $3,046  $1,688
Doubtful assets.............      --      --      --
Loss assets.................     227      10      15
                              ------  ------  ------
   Total classified assets..  $1,736  $3,056  $1,703
                              ======  ======  ======
</TABLE>

___________________
(1)  Includes REO.

     As of March 31, 1997, the Association's principal classified asset
consisted of $809,000 on motel property in real estate owned. This asset
accounts for 46.6% of classified assets at March 31, 1997.

     ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES.  Management's policy is to provide for estimated
losses on the Association's loan portfolio based on management's evaluation of
the potential losses that may be incurred.  The Association regularly reviews
its loan portfolio, including problem loans, to determine whether any loans
require classification or the establishment of appropriate reserves or
allowances for losses.  Such evaluation, which includes a review of all loans of
which full collectibility of interest and principal may not be reasonably
assured, considers, among other matters, the estimated fair value of the
underlying collateral.  Other factors considered by management include the size
and risk exposure of each segment of the loan portfolio, present indicators such
as delinquency rates and the borrower's current financial condition, and the
potential for losses in future periods.  Management calculates the general
allowance for loan losses in part based on past experience, and in part based on
specified percentages of loan balances.  While both general and specific loss
allowances are charged against earnings, general loan loss allowances are added
back to capital in computing risk-based capital under OTS regulations.

     During fiscal years ended March 31, 1997, 1996, and 1995, the Association
added $20,000, $20,000, and $25,000, respectively, to the provision for loan
losses.  The Association's allowance for loan losses totaled $914,000, $888,000,
and $981,000, at March 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively.  The Association
bases the provision for loan loss on several factors, including loan volume,
portfolio mix, delinquencies, etc.  Management believes that the Association's
current allowance for loan losses is adequate, however, there can be no
assurance that the allowance for loan losses will be adequate to cover losses
that may in fact be realized in the future or that additional provisions for
loan losses will not be required.

                                     -12-
<PAGE>
 
     ANALYSIS OF THE ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES.  The following table sets forth
the analysis of the allowance for loan losses for the periods indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           At March 31,
                                                 ----------------------------------
                                                   1997        1996         1995
                                                 ---------  ---------    ----------
                                                         (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                              <C>        <C>          <C>            
Loans receivable, net..........................  $209,404   $206,513       $201,857
Average loans receivable, net..................   209,219    206,775        192,764
Allowance balance (at beginning of period).....       888        981            959
Provision for losses:
  Mortgage.....................................        --        101             (4)  
  Non-Mortgage                                        214          7              9
  General......................................      (194)       (88)            20
(Charge-offs) Recoveries:
  Mortgage.....................................        (6)      (105)            --
  Non-Mortgage.................................        12         (8)            (3)
                                                 --------   --------       --------
Allowance balance (at end of period)...........  $    914   $    888       $    981
                                                 ========   ========       ========
Allowance for loan losses as a percent of
  loans receivable, net at end of period.......       .44%       .43%           .49%
Net loans charged off as a percent of average..
   loans receivable, net.......................       0.0% (1)   0.0% (1)       0.0% (1)
Ratio of allowance for loan losses to total
   non-performing assets at end of period......     51.61%     26.41%          57.74%
Ratio of allowance for loan losses to
   non-performing loans at end of period.......     95.01%     42.57%          58.32%
</TABLE> 

________________________________
(1)  Computes to less than .1%.

     ALLOCATION OF ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES.  The following table sets forth
the allocation of allowance for loan losses by loan category for the periods
indicated.  Management believes that the allowance can be allocated by category
only on an approximate basis.  The allocation of the allowance by category is
not necessarily indicative of future losses and does not restrict the use of the
allowance to absorb losses in any category.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         At March 31,
                                           ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                   1997                    1996                        1995
                                           ---------------------  -------------------------  --------------------------
                                                     % of Loans                 % of Loans                  % of Loans
                                                        in Each                    in Each                     in Each
                                                    Category to                Category to                 Category to
                                           Amount   Total Loans     Amount     Total Loans     Amount      Total Loans
                                           -------  ------------  -----------  ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                   (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                        <C>      <C>           <C>          <C>           <C>           <C> 
Balance at end of period applicable to:
One- to four-family residential loans....     $368         88.7%         $386         86.1%         $ 346         84.3%
Multi-family residential loans...........       38          2.6           175          4.8             55          5.3
Consumer and commercial..................      290          5.7            69          5.9             44          5.9
Non-residential real estate..............      218          3.0           258          3.2            536          4.5
                                              ----        -----          ----        -----          -----        -----
Total allowance for loan losses..........     $914        100.0%         $888        100.0%         $ 981        100.0%
                                              ====        =====          ====        =====          -----        =====
</TABLE>

INVESTMENT ACTIVITIES

     In recent years, the Association has increased the percentage of its assets
held in its investment portfolio as part of its strategy of maintaining higher
levels of liquidity.  The Association's investment portfolio is comprised of
investment securities and certificates of deposit in other financial
institutions.  The carrying value of the Association's investment securities
totaled $24.5 million at March 31, 1997, compared to $19.7 million at March 31,
1996, an increase of $4.8 million, or 24.4%.  The increase in the Association's
investment securities has occurred as a result investing cash and cash
equivalents into various investment securities.  The Association's cash and cash
equivalents, consisting of cash and due from banks, federal funds sold, and
interest bearing deposits due from other financial

                                     -13-
<PAGE>
 
institutions with original maturities of three months or less, totaled $7.6
million at March 31, 1997, compared to $10.2 million at March 31, 1996, a
decrease of $2.6 million, or 25.4%.  The decrease in cash and cash equivalents
has occurred as the funds were invested into U.S. Government and agency
securities.

     The Association is required under federal regulations to maintain a minimum
amount of liquid assets that may be invested in specified short term securities
and certain other investments.  See "Regulation--Liquidity Requirements" below
and Item 7.  The Association generally has maintained a portfolio of liquid
assets that exceeds regulatory requirements.  Liquidity levels may be increased
or decreased depending upon the yields on investment alternatives and upon
management's judgment as to the attractiveness of the yields then available in
relation to other opportunities and its expectation of the level of yield that
will be available in the future, as well as management's projections as to the
short term demand for funds to be used in the Association's loan origination and
other activities.

     INVESTMENT PORTFOLIO.  The following table sets forth the carrying value of
the Association's investment securities portfolio, short-term investments and
FHLB stock, at the dates indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 At March 31,
                                                              ------------------
                                                  1997               1996                1995
                                           -----------------  ------------------  ------------------
                                           Carrying  Market   Carrying   Market   Carrying   Market
                                            Value     Value    Value     Value     Value     Value
                                           --------  -------  --------  --------  --------  --------
                                                                (In Thousands)
<S>                                        <C>       <C>      <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
Investment securities:
  U.S. Government and agency securities..   $16,789   16,723   $14,487   $14,499   $16,521   $16,413
  Obligations of state and
    political subdivisions...............       181      181       188       188       196       196
Certificates of deposit in other
    financial institutions...............     7,500    7,500     5,000     5,000     8,825     8,825
                                            -------  -------   -------   -------   -------   -------
Total investment securities..............    24,470   24,404    19,675    19,687    25,542    25,434
Other Investments:
Interest-bearing deposits in
  other financial institutions...........     5,179    5,179     6,495     6,495     1,825     1,825
Federal funds sold.......................     1,125    1,125     2,475     2,475       125       125
Federal Home Loan Bank stock.............     2,531    2,531     2,362     2,362     2,205     2,205
                                            -------  -------   -------   -------   -------   -------
      Total investments..................   $33,305  $33,239   $31,007   $31,019   $29,697   $29,589
                                            =======  =======   =======   =======   =======   =======
</TABLE>

                                      -14-
<PAGE>
 
     INVESTMENT PORTFOLIO MATURITIES.  The following table sets forth the
scheduled maturities, carrying values, market values and average yields for the
Association's investment securities at March 31, 1997.  The Association does not
hold any investment securities with maturities in excess of 16 years.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         At March 31, 1997                              
                                     ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      One Year or Less    One to Five Years    Five to Ten Years     More than Ten Years
                                     ------------------  -------------------  --------------------  ---------------------
                                     Carrying   Average   Carrying   Average    Carrying   Average   Carrying   Average 
                                      Value      Yield     Value      Yield      Value      Yield     Value      Yield  
                                     --------  --------  ---------- --------  ----------- --------  ---------- ----------
                                                                               (Dollars in Thousands)                   
<S>                                  <C>       <C>       <C>        <C>       <C>         <C>       <C>        <C>       
Investment Securities:
  U.S. Government and
   agency.........................   $1,981     5.52%    $14,499       6.31%     $ 309      6.25%      $ --         --  
  Obligations of state and                                                                                              
   political subdivisions.........       --       --          --         --         --        --        181       5.50% 
  Certificates of deposit                                                                                               
   in other                                                                                                             
     financial institutions.......    5,000     5.61       2,500       6.07         --        --         --         --  
                                     ------    -----     -------    -------   --------   -------    -------    -------  
      Total investment                                                                                                  
       securities.................   $6,981     5.58%    $16,999       6.27%     $ 309      6.25%      $181       5.50% 
                                     ======    =====     =======    =======   ========   =======    =======    =======  
</TABLE> 

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                                                          At March 31, 1997                                     
                                                         --------------------------------------------------                        
                                                                          Total Investment                                      
                                                                             Securities                                         
                                                         --------------------------------------------------                        
                                                          Average                                  Weighted                  
                                                            Life         Carrying      Market      Average                    
                                                          In Years        Value         Value       Yield                     
                                                         ----------    -------------  ----------  ----------
                                                                         (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                                      <C>           <C>            <C>         <C> 
Investment Securities:
   U.S. Government and agency.............................     2.74       $ 16,789       $16,723       6.22%
   Obligations of state and political subdivisions........    15.18            181           181       5.50
   Certificates of deposit in other
     financial institutions...............................      .84          7,500         7,500       5.76
                                                             ------       --------       -------   --------
       Total investment
         securities.......................................     2.25       $ 24,470       $24,404       6.07%
                                                             ======       ========       =======   ========
</TABLE>

                                     -15-
<PAGE>
 
SOURCES OF FUNDS

     GENERAL.  Deposits are the major source of the Association's funds for
lending and other investment purposes.  In addition to deposits, the Association
derives funds from the amortization, prepayment or sale of loans and mortgage-
backed securities, the sale or maturity of investment securities, operations
and, if needed, advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank ("FHLB").  Scheduled
loan principal repayments are a relatively stable source of funds, while deposit
inflows and outflows and loan prepayments are influenced significantly by
general interest rates and market conditions.  Borrowings may be used on a
short-term basis to compensate for reductions in the availability of funds from
other sources or on a longer term basis for general business purposes.  The
Association had $16.0 million of advances from the FHLB at March 31, 1997.

     DEPOSITS.  Consumer and commercial deposits are attracted principally from
within the Association's market area through the offering of a broad selection
of deposit instruments including NOW accounts, passbook savings, money market
deposit, term certificate accounts and individual retirement accounts. The
Association accepts deposits of $100,000 or more and offers negotiated interest
rates on such deposits. Deposit account terms vary according to the minimum
balance required, the period of time during which the funds must remain on
deposit, and the interest rate, among other factors. The Association regularly
evaluates its internal cost of funds, surveys rates offered by competing
institutions, reviews the Association's cash flow requirements for lending and
liquidity, and executes rate changes when deemed appropriate. The Association
does not obtain funds through brokers, nor does it solicit funds outside its
market area. In recent years the Association's total deposits have remained
relatively stable.

     DEPOSIT PORTFOLIO.  Savings and other deposits in the Association as of
March 31, 1997, comprised the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   Weighted                                                                            Percentage
    Average                                                        Minimum              of Total
 Interest Rate     Minimum Term     Checking and Savings Deposits   Amount   Balances   Deposits
 -------------     -------------    -----------------------------  --------  --------  -----------
                                                  (In Thousands)
<S>              <C>                <C>                            <C>       <C>       <C>
   2.21%               None         NOW Accounts                   $     --  $ 19,228        9.09%
   2.98                None         Passbook                             --    41,233       19.50
   2.99                None         Money Market Investor             2,500     9,815        4.64
 
 
                                       Certificates of Deposit
                                       -----------------------   
 
   5.34          12 months or less  Fixed term, fixed rate              500    21,016        9.94
   5.38          12 to 24 months    Fixed term, fixed rate              500    44,136       20.88
   6.07          25 to 36 months    Fixed term, fixed rate              500    28,591       13.52
   6.61          36 months or more  Fixed term, fixed rate              500    16,995        8.04
   6.12          Negotiable         Jumbo Certificates              100,000    30,428       14.39
                                                                             --------      ------
                                                                             $211,442      100.00%
                                                                             ========      ======
</TABLE>

                                     -16-
<PAGE>
 
     The following table sets forth the change in dollar amount of savings
deposits in the various types of savings accounts offered by the Association
between the dates indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                               Balance at                         Balance at                           Balance at
                               March 31,       %       Increase    March 31,       %        Increase   March 31,       %
                                  1997     Deposits   (Decrease)     1996      Deposits    (Decrease)     1995     Deposits
                               ----------  --------   ----------  -----------  --------    ----------  ----------  ---------
<S>                            <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
NOW Accounts.................    $ 19,228      9.09%    $  (324)    $  19,552       9.30%    $ 1,486     $ 18,066      8.79%
Passbook statement accounts..      41,233     19.50      (3,254)       44,487      21.17      (3,097)      47,584     23.15
Money market passbook........       9,815      4.64        (778)       10,593       5.04        (973)      11,566      5.63
Certificates of Deposit (1)
Original maturities of:
   12 months or less.........      21,016      9.94       7,807        13,209       6.29        (918)      14,127      6.88
   12 to 24 months...........      44,136     20.88      (7,020)       51,156      24.34       5,787       45,369     22.08
   25 to 36 months...........      28,591     13.52       3,295        25,296      12.04       1,625       23,671     11.52
   36 months or more.........      16,995      8.04      (1,039)       18,034       8.58      (3,027)      21,061     10.25
   Negotiated Jumbo                30,428     14.39       2,597        27,831      13.24       3,778       24,053     11.70
                                 --------    ------     -------     ---------     ------     -------     --------    ------
                                 $211,442    100.00%    $ 1,284     $ 210,158     100.00%    $ 4,661     $205,497    100.00%
                                 ========    ======     =======     =========     ======     =======     ========    ======
</TABLE>

____________________________________
(1) Certain Individual Retirement Accounts ("IRAs") are included in the
    respective certificate balances.  IRAs totaled $31.9 million, $30.9 million,
    and $30.8 million, as of March 31, 1997, 1996, and 1995, respectively.

                                     -17-
<PAGE>
 
     The following table sets forth the certificates of deposit in the
Association classified by rates as of the dates indicated:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  At March 31,           
                                        --------------------------------
                                          1997        1996        1995  
                                        --------  ------------  --------
                                                 (In Thousands)         
<S>                                     <C>       <C>           <C>     
3.00% or less......................     $     --      $      2  $      3
3.01- 4.00%........................           17           771     7,538
4.01- 6.00%........................      100,794        90,914    80,829
6.01- 8.00%........................       34,482        38,353    30,628
 8.01-10.00%.......................        5,873         5,486     9,010
10.01-12.00%.......................           --            --       273
                                        --------      --------  --------
   Total...........................     $141,166      $135,526  $128,281
                                        ========      ========  ======== 
</TABLE>

     The following table sets forth the amount and maturities of certificates of
deposit at March 31, 1997.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                  Amount Due
                 ------------------------------------------------
                 Less Than     1-2       2-3     After               
                 One Year     Years     Years    3 Years    Total 
                 ---------- ---------  --------  -------   ------ 
                                  (In Thousands)                     
     Rate                             
     ----
<S>              <C>        <C>        <C>      <C>       <C>  
 3.00 or less..    $    --   $    --   $   --   $   --    $     --
 3.01- 4.00%...         --        17       --       --          17
 4.01- 6.00%...     74,395    17,104    6,357    2,938     100,794
 6.01- 8.00%...     24,056     7,746    1,688      992      34,482
 8.01-10.00%...      1,233     3,543    1,031       66       5,873
                   -------   -------   ------   ------    --------
  Total........    $99,684   $28,410   $9,076   $3,996    $141,166
                   =======   =======   ======   ======    ========
</TABLE>

     The following table indicates the amount of the Association's negotiable
certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more by time remaining until maturity as
of March 31, 1997.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
              Maturity Period                 Certificates of Deposits
              ---------------                 ------------------------
                                                   (In Thousands)
<S>                                           <C>
     Three months or less...................                   $12,492
     Over three months through six months...                     6,078
     Over six months through twelve months..                     7,091
     Over twelve months.....................                     4,767
                                                               -------
         Total..............................                   $30,428
                                                               =======
</TABLE>

BORROWINGS

     Savings deposits are the primary source of funds for the Association's
lending and investment activities and for its general business purposes.  The
Association, if the need arises, may rely upon advances from the FHLB and the
Federal Reserve Bank discount window to supplement its supply of lendable funds
and to meet deposit withdrawal requirements.  Advances from the FHLB typically
are collateralized by the Association's stock in the FHLB and a portion of the
Association's first mortgage loans.  At March 31, 1997, the Association had
$16.0 million in advances outstanding.

                                     -18-
<PAGE>
 
     The FHLB functions as a central reserve bank providing credit for the
Association and other member savings associations and financial institutions.
As a member, the Association is required to own capital stock in the FHLB and is
authorized to apply for advances on the security of such stock and certain of
its home mortgages and other assets (principally, securities that are
obligations of, or guaranteed by, the United States) provided certain standards
related to creditworthiness have been met.  Advances are made pursuant to
several different programs.  Each credit program has its own interest rate and
range of maturities.  Depending on the program, limitations on the amount of
advances are based either on a fixed percentage of a member institution's net
worth or on the FHLB's assessment of the institution's creditworthiness.
Although advances may be used on a short-term basis for cash management needs,
FHLB advances have not been, nor are they expected to be, a significant long-
term funding source for the Association.


ASSET AND LIABILITY MANAGEMENT-INTEREST RATE SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS

     The matching of assets and liabilities may be analyzed by examining the
extent to which such assets and liabilities are "interest rate sensitive" and by
monitoring an institution's interest rate sensitivity "gap."  An asset or
liability is said to be interest rate sensitive within a specific time period if
it will mature or reprice within that time period.  The interest rate
sensitivity gap is defined as the difference between the amount of interest-
earning assets maturing or repricing within a specific time period and the
amount of interest-bearing liabilities maturing or repricing within that time
period.  A gap is considered positive when the amount of interest rate sensitive
assets exceeds the amount of interest rate sensitive liabilities.  A gap is
considered negative when the amount of interest rate sensitive liabilities
exceeds the amount of interest rate sensitive assets.  During a period of rising
interest rates, a negative gap would tend to adversely affect net interest
income while a positive gap would tend to positively affect net interest income.
Similarly, during a period of falling interest rates, a negative gap would tend
to positively affect net interest income while a positive gap would tend to
adversely affect net interest income.

     The Association's policy in recent years has been to reduce its exposure to
interest rate risk generally by better matching the maturities of its interest
rate sensitive assets and liabilities and by originating ARM loans and other
adjustable rate or short-term loans, as well as by purchasing short-term
investments.  However, particularly in a low interest rate environment,
borrowers typically prefer fixed rate loans to ARM loans.  Accordingly, ARM loan
originations were limited during the year ended March 31, 1997 as long-term
interest rates remained historically low during the year.  The Association seeks
to lengthen the maturities of its deposits by promoting longer-term
certificates; however, the Association has not been successful in lengthening
the maturities of its deposits in the current low interest rate environment.
The Association also negotiates interest rates on certificates of deposit of
$100,000 or more.

     The Association has an Asset-Liability Management Committee which is
responsible for reviewing the Association's assets and liability policies.  The
Committee meets weekly and reports monthly to the Board of Directors on interest
rate risks and trends, as well as liquidity and capital ratios and requirements.
The Board of Directors has adopted a policy that requires the Association to
maintain a one-year gap between negative 10% and positive 10%. As of March 31,
1997, based on internal calculations, the Association's gap position was within
the approved range as noted on the following table.

                                     -19-
<PAGE>
 
GAP TABLE

     The following table sets forth the amounts of interest-earning assets and
interest-bearing liabilities outstanding at March 31, 1997, that are expected to
reprice or mature, based upon certain assumptions, in each of the future time
periods shown.  Except as stated below, the amounts of assets and liabilities
shown that reprice or mature during a particular period were determined in
accordance with the earlier of repricing or the contractual terms of the asset
or liability.  The Association has assumed that its transaction accounts, which
totaled $70.3 million at March 31, 1997, are withdrawn at the assumed decay
rates set forth below.  These withdrawal rates as well as loan prepayment
assumptions were computed internally and are based on recent OTS assumptions for
loan prepayments and deposit withdrawals.  Management believes that these
assumptions approximate actual experience and considers them appropriate and
reasonable.

<TABLE>
                                                                            At March 31, 1997
                                            ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                             Within                                                         Over
                                             1 Year    1-3 Years   3-5 Years   5-10 Years   10-20 Years   20 Years    Total
                                            ---------  ----------  ----------  -----------  ------------  ---------  --------
                                                                      (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                         <C>        <C>         <C>         <C>          <C>           <C>        <C>
Interest-earning assets:
  Real estate mortgages(1):
   Adjustable rate........................  $ 70,501    $  1,427    $     --     $     --      $     --   $     70   $ 71,998
   Fixed..................................    17,302      29,001      22,345       38,249        20,181      3,927    131,005
  Other Loans.............................     3,872       4,015         672           --            --        400      8,959
  Mortgage-backed securities..............        53         579          60           88            46         --        826
  Investment securities...................    14,304      11,000       5,000          309           181         --     30,794
                                            --------    --------    --------     --------      --------   --------   --------
Total interest-earning assets.............   106,032      46,022      28,077       38,646        20,408      4,397    243,582
                                            --------    --------    --------     --------      --------   --------   --------
Rate sensitive liabilities:
  Transaction accounts....................    21,715      19,755      10,254       11,527         5,589      1,010     69,850
  Certificate accounts....................   104,091      32,941       3,948           --            --         --    140,980
  Non-interest bearing deposits...........       157         257         196          309           239         93      1,251
  Other borrowings........................     4,768       9,455       2,000           --            --         --     16,223
                                            --------    --------    --------     --------      --------   --------   --------
    Total rate sensitive liabilities (2)..   130,731      62,408      16,398       11,836         5,828      1,103    228,304
                                            --------    --------    --------     --------      --------   --------   --------
Interest sensitivity gap..................   (24,699)    (16,386)     11,679       26,810        14,580      3,294
                                            ========    ========    ========     ========      ========   ========
Cumulative interest-sensitivity gap.......  $(24,699)   $(41,085)   $(29,406)    $ (2,596)     $ 11,984   $ 15,278
                                            ========    ========    ========     ========      ========   ========
Cumulative interest-sensitivity gap
  to total assets.........................      (9.8)%     (16.3)%     (11.7)%       (1.0)%         4.8%       6.2%
                                            ========    ========    ========     ========      ========   ========
Ratio of interest-earning assets to
  interest-bearing liabilities............     81.11%      73.74%     171.22%      326.51%       350.17%    431.07%
                                            ========    ========    ========     ========      ========   ========
Cumulative ratio of interest sensitive
  assets to interest sensitive
  liabilities.............................     81.11%      78.73%      85.97%       98.83%       105.28%    106.83%
                                            ========    ========    ========     ========      ========   ========
 
Total assets..............................  $252,175    $252,175    $252,175     $252,175      $252,175   $252,175   $252,175
Cumulative interest sensitive assets......  $106,032    $152,054    $180,131     $218,777      $239,185   $243,875   $243,875
Cumulative interest sensitive
  liabilities.............................  $130,731    $193,139    $209,537     $221,373      $227,201   $228,289   $228,289
</TABLE> 

__________________________________
(1)  Amounts shown are net of loans-in-process, unearned discounts, allowance
     for loan losses, and deferred origination fees.
(2)  Includes $701,000 of advances by borrowers for taxes and insurance and
     $126,000 of accounts payable on mortgage loans serviced for others.

                                     -20-
<PAGE>
 
     In preparing the table above, it has been assumed, consistent with the
assumptions used by the OTS, in assessing the interest rate sensitivity of
savings associations, that: (i) adjustable-rate first mortgage loans will prepay
at a rate of 15.0% per year; (ii) second mortgage loans on one- to- four-family
residences will prepay at a rate of 18.0% per year; (iii) fixed rate first
mortgage loans and mortgage backed securities on one- to-four family residential
properties will prepay annually as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              Prepayment Assumptions
                                   -------------------------------------------
                                      30-Years         FHA       15-Year Loans
       Interest Rate:              Loans and MBS      and VA      and MBS
       ------------------          --------------  ------------  -------------
       <S>                         <C>             <C>           <C>
       Less than 8.00%...........        9.00%         6.00%           8.00% 
       8.00% to 9.00%............       10.00%         7.00%          11.00% 
       9.00% to 10.00%...........       14.00%        10.00%          17.00% 
       10.00% to 11.00%..........       18.00%        13.00%          26.00% 
       11.00% and above..........       18.00%        13.00%          26.00% 
</TABLE>

(iv) fixed and adjustable rate first mortgage loans on residential properties of
five or more units and non-residential properties will prepay at a rate of 12%
per year; (v) fixed maturity deposits will not be withdrawn prior to maturity;
and (vi) NOW, deposit accounts, money market deposit accounts and passbook
accounts will decay at a rate of 37.0%, 79.0% and 17.0% annually.

     The above assumptions are utilized by OTS. They should not be regarded as
indicative of the actual prepayments and withdrawals that may be experienced by
the Association. Moreover, certain shortcomings are inherent in the analysis
presented by the foregoing table. For example, although certain assets and
liabilities may have similar maturities or periods to repricing, they may react
in different degrees to changes in market interest rates. Also, interest rates
on certain types of assets and liabilities may fluctuate in advance of or lag
behind changes in market interest rates. Additionally, certain assets, such as
ARM loans, have features that restrict changes in interest rates on a short-term
basis and over the life of the asset. Moreover, in the event of a change in
interest rates, prepayment and early withdrawal levels would likely deviate
significantly from those assumed in calculating the table.

COMPETITION

     The Association encounters strong competition both in attracting deposits
and in originating real estate and other loans. Its most direct competition for
deposits has come historically from commercial banks, brokerage houses, other
savings associations, and credit unions in its market area, and the Association
expects continued strong competition from such financial institutions in the
foreseeable future. The Association's market area includes branches of several
commercial banks that are substantially larger than the Association in terms of
state-wide deposits. The Association competes for savings by offering depositors
a high level of personal service and expertise together with a wide range of
financial services.

     The competition for real estate and other loans comes principally from
commercial banks, mortgage banking companies, and other savings associations.
This competition for loans has increased substantially in recent years as a
result of the large number of institutions competing in the Association's market
area as well as the increased efforts by commercial banks to expand mortgage
loan originations.

     The Association competes for loans primarily through the interest rates and
loan fees it charges and the efficiency and quality of services it provides
borrowers, real estate brokers, and builders. Factors that affect competition
include general and local economic conditions, current interest rate levels, and
volatility of the mortgage markets.

                                     -21-
<PAGE>
 
     As of June 1995, the Association was one of two savings institutions
headquartered in its market area. The Association held approximately 14% of all
financial institution deposits in its market area, competing against 15 other
local and regional institutions.

REGULATION

     As a state-chartered, SAIF-insured savings association, the Association is
subject to examination, supervision and extensive regulation by the OTS, the
Ohio Division of Savings and Loans (the "Ohio Division"), and the FDIC. The
Association is a member of and owns stock in the FHLB of Cincinnati, which is
one of the twelve regional banks in the Federal Home Loan Bank System. This
regulation and supervision establishes a comprehensive framework of activities
in which an institution can engage and is intended primarily for the protection
of the insurance fund and depositors. The Association also is subject to
regulation by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the "Federal
Reserve Board") governing reserves to be maintained against deposits and certain
other matters. The OTS and Ohio Division regularly examine the Association and
prepare reports for the consideration of the Association's Board of Directors on
any deficiencies that they may find in the Association's operations. The FDIC
also examines the Association in its role as the administrator of the SAIF. The
Association's relationship with its depositors and borrowers also is regulated
to a great extent by both federal and state laws especially in such matters as
the ownership of savings accounts and the form and content of the Association's
mortgage documents. Any change in such regulation, whether by the FDIC, OTS,
Ohio Division, or Congress, could have a material adverse impact on the Holding
Company and the Association and their operations.

FEDERAL REGULATION OF SAVINGS INSTITUTIONS

     BUSINESS ACTIVITIES. The activities of savings institutions are governed by
the Home Owners' Loan Act, as amended (the "HOLA") and, in certain respects, the
Federal Deposit Insurance Act (the "FDI Act"). The federal banking statutes, as
amended by the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery and Enforcement Act of
1989 ("FIRREA") and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act
("FDICIA") (1) restrict the solicitation of brokered deposits by savings
institutions that are troubled or not well-capitalized, (2) prohibit the
acquisition of any corporate debt security that is not rated in one of the four
highest rating categories, (3) restrict the aggregate amount of loans secured by
non-residential real estate property to 400% of capital, (4) permit savings and
loan holding companies to acquire up to 5% of the voting shares of non-
subsidiary savings institutions or savings and loan holding companies without
prior approval, and (5) permit bank holding companies to acquire healthy savings
institutions. The description of statutory provisions and regulations applicable
to savings associations set forth herein does not purport to be a complete
description of such statutes and regulations and their effect on the
Association.

     LOANS TO ONE BORROWER.  Under the HOLA, savings institutions are generally
subject to the national bank limits on loans to one borrower. Generally, savings
institutions may not make a loan or extend credit to a single or related group
of borrowers in excess of 15% of the institution's unimpaired capital and
surplus. An additional amount may be lent, equal to 10% of unimpaired capital
and surplus, if such loan is secured by readily-marketable collateral, which is
defined to include certain securities and bullion, but generally does not
include real estate. See "--Lending Activities--Loans to One Borrower."

     QUALIFIED THRIFT LENDER TEST.  The HOLA requires savings institutions to
meet a qualified thrift lender ("QTL") test. Under the QTL test, a savings
association is required to maintain at least 65% of its "portfolio assets"
(total assets less (i) specified liquid assets up to 20% of total assets, (ii)
intangibles, including goodwill, and (iii) the value of property used to conduct
business) in certain "qualified thrift investments," primarily residential
mortgages and related investments, including certain mortgage-backed and related
securities on a monthly basis in 9 out of every 12 months.

     A savings association that fails the QTL test must either convert to a
bank charter or operate under certain restrictions.  As of March 31, 1997, the
Association maintained 96.5% of its portfolio assets in qualified thrift
investments and, therefore, met the QTL test.

                                     -22-
<PAGE>
 
     LIMITATION ON CAPITAL DISTRIBUTIONS.  OTS regulations impose limitations
upon all capital distributions by savings institutions, such as cash dividends,
payments to repurchase or otherwise acquire its shares, payments to stockholders
of another institution in a cash-out merger and other distributions charged
against capital. The rule establishes three tiers of institutions, which are
based primarily on an institution's capital level. An institution that exceeds
all fully phased-in capital requirements before and after a proposed capital
distribution ("Tier 1 Association") and has not been advised by the OTS that it
is in need of more than normal supervision, could, after prior notice but
without the approval of the OTS, make capital distributions during a calendar
year equal to the greater of: (i) 100% of its net earnings to date during the
calendar year plus the amount that would reduce by one-half its "surplus capital
ratio" (the excess capital over its fully phased-in capital requirements) at the
beginning of the calendar year; or (ii) 75% of its net earnings for the previous
four quarters; provided that the institution would not be undercapitalized, as
that term is defined in the OTS Prompt Corrective Action regulations, following
the capital distribution. Any additional capital distributions would require
prior regulatory approval. In the event the Association's capital fell below its
fully-phased in requirement or the OTS notified it that it was in need of more
than normal supervision, the Association's ability to make capital distributions
could be restricted. In addition, the OTS could prohibit a proposed capital
distribution by any institution, which would otherwise be permitted by the
regulation, if the OTS determines that such distribution would constitute an
unsafe or unsound practice.

     In addition, OTS regulations require Wayne Savings Bankshares, M.H.C.,
(the "Holding Company") the mutual holding company which owns the majority of
the Association's common stock, to notify the OTS of any proposed waiver of its
right to receive dividends.  It is the OTS' recent practice to review dividend
waiver notices on a case-by-case basis, and, in general, not object to any such
waiver if: (i) the mutual holding company's board of directors determines that
such waiver is consistent with such directors' fiduciary duties to the mutual
holding company's members; (ii) for as long as the savings association
subsidiary is controlled by the mutual holding company, the dollar amount of
dividends waived by the mutual holding company are considered as a restriction
on the retained earnings of the savings association, which restriction, if
material, is disclosed in the public financial statements of the savings
association as a note to the financial statements; (iii) the amount of any
dividend waived by the mutual holding company is available for declaration as a
dividend solely to the mutual holding company, and, in accordance with SFAS 5,
where the savings association determines that the payment of such dividend to
the mutual holding company is probable, an appropriate dollar amount is recorded
as a liability; (iv) the amount of any waived dividend is considered as having
been paid by the savings association (and the savings association's capital
ratios adjusted accordingly) in evaluating any proposed dividend under OTS
capital distribution regulations; and (v) in the event the mutual holding
company converts to stock form, the appraisal submitted to the OTS in connection
with the conversion application takes into account the aggregate amount of the
dividends waived by the mutual holding company.

     The OTS has proposed regulations that would revise the current capital
distribution restrictions.  The proposal eliminates the current tiered structure
and the safe-harbor percentage limitations.  Under the proposal a savings
association may make a capital distribution without notice to the OTS (unless it
is a subsidiary of a holding company) provided that it has a CAMEL 1 or 2
rating, is not in troubled condition and would remain adequately capitalized (as
defined by regulation) following the proposed distribution. Savings associations
that would remain adequately capitalized following the proposed distribution but
do not meet the other noted requirements must notify the OTS 30 days prior to
declaring a capital distribution.  The OTS stated it will generally regard as
permissible that amount of capital distributions that do not exceed 50% of the
institution's excess regulatory capital plus net income to date during the
calendar year.  A savings association may not make a capital distribution
without prior approval of the OTS and the FDIC if it is undercapitalized before,
or as a result of, such a distribution.  A savings association will be
considered in troubled condition if it has a CAMEL rating of 4 or 5, is subject
to an enforcement action relating to its safety and soundness or financial
viability or has been informed in writing by the OTS that it is in troubled
condition.  As under the current rule, the OTS may object to a capital
distribution if it would constitute an unsafe or unsound practice.  No assurance
may be given as to whether or in what form the regulations may be adopted.

     LIQUIDITY.  The Association is required to maintain an average daily
balance of liquid assets (cash, certain time deposits, bankers' acceptances,
specified U.S. Government, state or federal agency obligations, shares of
certain

                                     -23-
<PAGE>
 
mutual funds and certain corporate debt securities and commercial paper) equal
to a monthly average of not less than a specified percentage of its net
withdrawable deposit accounts plus short-term borrowings.  This liquidity
requirement which is currently 5%, may be changed from time to time by the OTS
to any amount within the range of 4% to 10% depending upon economic conditions
and the savings flow of member institutions.  OTS regulations also require each
savings institution to maintain an average daily balance of short-term liquid
assets at a specified percentage (currently 1%) of the total of its net
withdrawable deposit accounts and borrowings payable in one year or less.
Monetary penalties may be imposed for failure to meet these liquidity
requirements.  The Association's average liquidity ratio for March 1997 was
12.8%, which exceeded the then applicable requirements.  The Association has
never been subject to monetary penalties for failure to meet its liquidity
requirements.

     COMMUNITY REINVESTMENT.  Under the Community Reinvestment Act (the "CRA"),
as implemented by OTS regulations, a savings institution has a continuing and
affirmative obligation, consistent with its safe and sound operation, to help
meet the credit needs of its entire community, including low and moderate income
neighborhoods. The CRA does not establish specific lending requirements or
programs for financial institutions, nor does it limit an institution's
discretion to develop the types of products and services that it believes are
best suited to its particular community, consistent with the CRA. The CRA
requires the OTS, in connection with its examination of a savings institution,
to assess the institution's record of meeting the credit needs of its community
and to take such record into account in its evaluation of certain applications
by such institution. The CRA rating system identifies four levels of performance
that may describe an institution's record of meeting community needs:
outstanding, satisfactory, needs to improve and substantial non-compliance. The
CRA also requires all institutions to make public disclosure of their CRA
ratings. The CRA regulations were recently revised. Effective July 1, 1996, the
OTS will assess the CRA performance of a savings institution under lending,
service and investment tests, and based on such assessment, will assign an
institution in one of the four above-referenced ratings. The Association
received a "satisfactory" CRA rating under the current CRA regulations in its
most recent federal examination by the OTS.

     TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PARTIES.  The Association's authority to engage
in transactions with related parties or "affiliates" (i.e., any company that
controls or is under common control with an institution, including the Holding
Company and any non-savings institution subsidiaries) or to make loans to
certain insiders, is limited by Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal reserve Act
("FRA"). Section 23A limits the aggregate amount of transactions with any
individual affiliate to 10% of the capital and surplus of the savings
institution and also limits the aggregate amount of transactions with all
affiliates to 20% of the savings institution's capital and surplus. Certain
transactions with affiliates are required to be secured by collateral in an
amount and of a type described in Section 23A and the purchase of low quality
assets from affiliates is generally prohibited. Section 23B provides that
certain transactions with affiliates, including loans and asset purchases, must
be on terms and under circumstances, including credit standards, that are
substantially the same or at least as favorable to the institution as those
prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with non-affiliated
companies. In addition, savings institutions are prohibited from lending to any
affiliate that is engaged in activities that are not permissible for bank
holding companies and no savings institution may purchase the securities of any
affiliate other than a subsidiary.

     ENFORCEMENT.  Under the FDI Act, the OTS has primary enforcement
responsibility over savings institutions and has the authority to bring
enforcement action against all "institution-related parties," including
stockholders, and any attorneys, appraisers and accountants who knowingly or
recklessly participate in wrongful action likely to have an adverse effect on an
insured institution. Formal enforcement action may range from the issuance of a
capital directive or cease and desist order to removal of officers and/or
directors of the institutions, receivership, conservatorship or the termination
of deposit insurance. Civil penalties cover a wide range of violations and
actions, and range up to $25,000 per day, unless a finding of reckless disregard
is made, in which case penalties may be as high as $1 million per day. Criminal
penalties for most financial institution crimes include fines of up to $1
million and imprisonment for up to 30 years. Under the FDI Act, the FDIC has the
authority to recommend to the Director of OTS that enforcement action be taken
with respect to a particular savings institution. If action is not taken by the
Director, the FDIC has authority to take such action under certain
circumstances.

                                     -24-
<PAGE>
 
     STANDARDS FOR SAFETY AND SOUNDNESS.  The federal banking agencies have
adopted a final regulation and Interagency Guidelines Prescribing Standards for
Safety and Soundness ("Guidelines") to implement the safety and soundness
standards required under the FDI Act.  The Guidelines set forth the safety and
soundness standards that the federal banking agencies use to identify and
address problems at insured depository institutions before capital becomes
impaired.  The standards set forth in the Guidelines address internal controls
and information systems; internal audit system; credit underwriting; loan
documentation; interest rate risk exposure; asset growth; and compensation, fees
and benefits.  The agencies also adopted a proposed rule which proposes asset
quality and earnings standards which, if adopted, would be added to the
Guidelines.  If the appropriate federal banking agency determines that an
institution fails to meet any standard prescribed by the Guidelines, the agency
may require the institution to submit to the agency an acceptable plan to
achieve compliance with the standard, as required by the FDI Act.  The final
regulations establish deadlines for the submission and review of such safety and
soundness compliance plans.

     CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS.  The OTS capital regulations require savings
institutions to meet three capital standards: a 1.5% tangible capital standard,
a 3.0% leverage ratio (or core capital ratio) and an 8.0% risk-based capital
standard.  Core capital is defined as common stockholders' equity (including
retained earnings), certain non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock and related
surplus, minority interests in equity accounts of consolidated subsidiaries less
intangibles other than certain qualifying supervisory goodwill and certain
purchased mortgage servicing rights ("PMSRs").  The OTS regulations also require
that, in meeting the tangible ratio, leverage and risk-based capital standards,
institutions must deduct investments in and loans to subsidiaries engaged in
activities not permissible for a national bank.

     The risk-based capital standard for savings institutions requires the
maintenance of Tier 2 (core) and total capital (which is defined as core capital
and supplementary capital) to risk weighted assets of 4.0% and 8.0%,
respectively.  In determining the amount of risk-weighted assets, all assets,
including certain off-balance sheet assets, are multiplied by a risk-weight of
0% to 100%, as assigned by the OTS capital regulation based on the risks the OTS
believes are inherent in the type of asset.  The components of Tier 1 (core)
capital are equivalent to those discussed earlier under the 3.0% leverage ratio
standard.  The components of supplementary capital currently include cumulative
preferred stock, long-term perpetual preferred stock, mandatory convertible
securities, subordinated debt and intermediate preferred stock and allowance for
loan and lease losses.  Allowance for loan and lease losses includable in
supplementary capital is limited to a maximum of 1.25%.  Overall, the amount of
supplementary capital included as part of total capital cannot exceed 100% of
core capital.

     OTS regulatory capital rules also incorporate an interest rate risk
component.  Savings associations with "above normal" interest rate risk exposure
are subject to a deduction from total capital for purposes of calculating their
risk-based capital requirements.  A savings association's interest rate risk is
measured by the decline in the net portfolio value of its assets (i.e., the
difference between incoming and outgoing discounted cash flows from assets,
liabilities and off-balance sheet contracts) that would result from a
hypothetical 200-basis point increase or decrease in market interest rates,
divided by the estimated economic value of the association's assets. In
calculating its total capital under the risk-based rule, a savings association
whose measured interest rate risk exposure exceeds 2%, must deduct an interest
rate component equal to one-half of the difference between the institution's
measured interest rate risk and 2%, multiplied by the estimated economic value
of the institution's assets.  The OTS has deferred for the present time, the
date on which the interest rate component is to be deducted from total capital.
A savings association with assets of less than $300 million and risk-based
capital ratios in excess of 12% (such as the Association) is not subject to the
interest rate risk component, unless the OTS determines otherwise.  The rule
also provides that the Director of the OTS may waive or defer an institution's
interest rate risk component on a case-by-case basis.

                                     -25-
<PAGE>
 
     At March 31, 1997, the Association exceeded each of the three OTS
capital requirements on a fully phased-in basis.  Set forth below is a summary
of the Association's compliance with the OTS capital standards as of March 31,
1997.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           At March 31, 1997
                                        -----------------------
                                                     Percent of
                                          Amount     Assets (1)
                                        -----------  ----------
                                        (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                     <C>          <C>
 Tangible capital:
   Capital level......................      $23,078       9.16%
   Requirement........................        3,782       1.50
                                            -------      -----
   Excess.............................      $19,296       7.66%
                                            =======      =====
 Core capital:
   Capital level.....................       $23,078       9.16%
   Requirement (2)....................        7,565       3.00
                                            -------      -----
   Excess.............................      $15,513       6.16%
                                            =======      =====
 Fully phased-in risk-based capital:
   Capital level......................      $23,762      17.45%
   Requirement........................       10,894       8.00
                                            -------      -----
   Excess.............................      $12,868       9.45%
                                            =======      =====
</TABLE>

__________________
(1) Tangible and core capital levels are calculated on the basis of a percentage
    of total adjusted assets; risk-based capital levels are calculated on the
    basis of a percentage of risk-weighted assets.
(2) The OTS has proposed a core capital requirement for savings associations
    comparable to the new requirement for national banks.  The OTS proposed core
    capital ratio would be at least 3% of total adjusted assets for thrifts that
    receive the highest supervisory rating for safety and soundness ("MACRO
    rating"), with a 4% to 5% core capital requirement for all other thrifts.

     An OTS regulatory capital rule also incorporates an interest rate risk
component.  Savings associations with "above normal" interest rate risk exposure
are subject to a deduction from total capital for purposes of calculating their
risk-based capital requirements.  A savings association's interest rate risk is
measured by the decline in the net portfolio value of its assets (i.e., the
difference between incoming and outgoing discounted cash flows from assets,
liabilities and off-balance sheet contracts) that would result from a
hypothetical 200-basis point increase or decrease in market interest rates,
divided by the estimated economic value of the association's assets.  In
calculating its total capital under the risk-based rule, a savings association
whose measured interest rate risk exposure exceeds 2%, must deduct an interest
rate component equal to one-half of the excess change.  The OTS has deferred,
for the present time, the date on which the interest rate component is to be
deducted from total capital.  The rule also provides that the Director of the
OTS may waive or defer an institution's interest rate risk component on a case-
by-case basis.

     The following table presents the Association's NPV as of March 31, 1997, as
calculated by the OTS, based on information provided to the OTS by the
Association.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                   CHANGE IN                                                   CHANGE IN NPV                 
                INTEREST RATES                                                AS A PERCENTAGE OF             
               IN BASIS POINTS             NET PORTFOLIO VALUE                 ESTIMATED MARKET              
                                     -------------------------------------                                   
                 (RATE SHOCK)        AMOUNT       $ CHANGE        % CHANGE     VALUE OF ASSETS               
               -----------------     ------       --------        --------     ---------------                
                                              (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)                                      
               <S>                   <C>          <C>             <C>         <C>                           
                 400                  $ 9,162      $(19,820)        (68)%          (8.54)%                    
                 200                  $19,149      $ (9,832)        (34)%          (4.02)%                    
                Static                $28,982      $     --                                                   
                (200)                 $34,147      $  5,165          18%            1.95%                     
                (400)                 $36,182      $  7,200          25%            2.67%                      
</TABLE>

                                     -26-
<PAGE>
 
PROMPT CORRECTIVE REGULATORY ACTION

     Under the OTS Prompt Corrective Action regulations, the OTS is required
to take certain supervisory actions against undercapitalized institutions, the
severity of which depends upon the institution's degree of capitalization.
Generally, a savings institution that has total risk-based capital of less than
8.0% or a leverage ratio or a Tier 1 core capital ratio that is less than 4.0%
is considered to be undercapitalized.  A savings institution that has the total
risk-based capital less than 6.0%, a Tier 1 core risk-based capital ratio of
less than 3.0% or a leverage ratio that is less than 3.0% is considered to be
"significantly undercapitalized" and a savings institution that has a tangible
capital to assets ratio equal to or less than 2.0% is deemed to be "critically
undercapitalized."  Subject to a narrow exception, the banking regulator is
required to appoint a receiver or conservator for an institution that is
"critically undercapitalized."  The regulation also provides that a capital
restoration plan must be filed with the OTS within 45 days of the date an
institution receives notice that it is "undercapitalized," "significantly
undercapitalized" or "critically undercapitalized."  In addition, numerous
mandatory supervisory actions become immediately applicable to the institution,
including, but not limited to, restrictions on growth, investment activities,
capital distributions, and affiliate transactions.  The OTS could also take any
one of a number of discretionary supervisory actions, including the issuance of
a capital directive and the replacement of senior executive officers and
directors.

INSURANCE OF ACCOUNTS AND REGULATION BY THE FDIC

     Wayne Savings is a member of the SAIF, which is administered by the FDIC.
Deposits are insured up to applicable limits by the FDIC and such insurance is
backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government. As insurer, the FDIC
imposes deposit insurance premiums and is authorized to conduct examinations of
and to require reporting by FDIC-insured institutions. It also may prohibit any
FDIC-insured institution from engaging in any activity the FDIC determines by
regulation or order to pose a serious risk to the FDIC. The FDIC also has the
authority to initiate enforcement actions against savings and loan associations,
after giving the OTS an opportunity to take such action, and may terminate the
deposit insurance if it determines that the institution has engaged or is
engaging in unsafe or unsound practices, or is in an unsafe or unsound
condition.

     The FDIC's deposit insurance premiums are assessed through a risk-based
system under which all insured depository institutions are placed into one of
nine categories and assessed insurance premiums, ranging from .23% to .31% of
deposits, based upon their level of capital and supervisory evaluation. Under
the system, institutions classified as well capitalized (i.e., a core capital
ratio of at least 5%, a ratio of core capital to risk-weighted assets of at
least 6% and a risk-based capital ratio of at least 10%) and considered healthy
would pay the lowest premium while institutions that are less than adequately
capitalized (i.e., a core capital or core capital to risk-based capital ratios
of less than 4% or a risk-based capital ratio of less than 8%) and considered of
substantial supervisory concern would pay the highest premium. Risk
classification of all insured institutions will be made by the FDIC for each
semi-annual assessment period.

     The FDIC authorized to increase assessment rates, on a semiannual basis,
if it determines that the reserve ratio of the SAIF will be less than the
designated reserve ratio of 1.25% of SAIF insured deposits. In setting these
increased assessments, the FDIC must seek to restore the reserve ratio to that
designated reserve level, or such higher reserve ratio as established by the
FDIC. The FDIC may also impose special assessments on SAIF members to repay
amounts borrowed from the United States Treasury or for any other reason deemed
necessary by the FDIC.

     In September 1996, Congress enacted legislation to recapitalize the SAIF by
a one-time assessment on all SAIF-insured deposits held as of March 31, 1995.
The assessment was 65.7 basis points per $100 in deposits, payable on November
30, 1996. For the Association, the assessment amounted to $1.3 million (or
$887,000 when adjusted for taxes), based on the Association's deposits on March
31, 1995. In addition, beginning January 1, 1997, pursuant to the legislation,
interest payments on FICO bonds issued in the late 1980's by the Financing
Corporation to recapitalize the now defunct Federal Savings and Loan Insurance
Corporation will be paid jointly by BIF-insured institutions and SAIF-insured
institutions. The FICO assessment will be 1.29 basis points per $100 in BIF
deposits

                                     -27-
<PAGE>
 
and 6.44 basis points per $100 in SAIF deposits.  Beginning January 1, 2000, the
FICO interest payments will be paid pro rata by banks and thrifts based on
deposits (approximately 2.4 basis points per $100 in deposits).

     The legislation further provides that the BIF and SAIF will merge on
January 1, 1999 if there are no more savings associations as of that date.
Several bills have been introduced in the current Congress that would eliminate
the federal thrift charter and OTS.  The bills would require that all federal
savings associations convert to national banks or state depository institutions
by no later than January 1, 1998 in one bill and June 30, 1998 in the other and
would treat all state savings associations as state banks for purposes of
federal banking laws.  Subject to a narrow grandfathering, all savings and loan
holding companies would become subject to the same regulation as bank holding
companies under the pending legislative proposals.  Under such proposals, any
lawful activity in which a savings association participates would be permitted
for up to two years following the effective date of its conversion to the new
charter, with two additional one-year extensions which may be granted as the
discretion of the regulator.  The legislative proposals would also abolish the
OTS and transfer its functions to the federal bank regulators with respect to
the institutions and to the Federal Reserve Board with respect to the regulation
of holding companies.  The Association is unable to predict whether the
legislation will be enacted or, given such uncertainty, determine the extent to
which the legislation, if enacted, would affect its business.  The Association
is also unable to predict whether the SAIF and BIF funds will eventually be
merged.

     While the legislation has reduced the disparity between premiums paid on
BIF deposits and SAIF deposits, and has relieved the thrift industry of a
portion of the contingent liability represented by the FICO bonds, the premium
disparity between SAIF-insured institutions, such as the Association, and BIF-
insured institutions will continue until at least January 1, 1999.  Under the
legislation, the Association anticipates that its ongoing annual SAIF premiums
will be approximately $132,000.

FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK SYSTEM

     The Association is a member of the FHLB System, which consists of 12
regional FHLBs.  The FHLB provides a central credit facility primarily for
member institutions.  The Association, as a member of the FHLB, is required to
acquire and hold shares of capital stock in that FHLB in an amount at least
equal to 1% of the aggregate principal amount of its unpaid residential mortgage
loans and similar obligations at the beginning of each year, or 1/20 of its
advances (borrowings) from the FHLB, whichever is greater.  The Association was
in compliance with this requirement with an investment in FHLB-Cincinnati stock,
at March 31, 1997, of $2.5 million.

     The FHLBs are required to provide funds for the resolution of insolvent
thrifts and to contribute funds for affordable housing programs.  These
requirements could reduce the amount of dividends that the FHLBs pay to their
members and could also result in the FHLBs imposing a higher rate of interest on
advances to their members.  Over the past five years such dividends have
averaged 5.75%, and were 7.00% for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1997. If
dividends were reduced, or interest on future FHLB-Cincinnati advances
increased, the Association's net interest income would likely also be reduced.

FEDERAL RESERVE SYSTEM

     The Federal Reserve Board regulations require savings institutions to
maintain non-interest-earning reserves against their transaction accounts
(primarily NOW and regular checking accounts).  The Federal Reserve Board
regulations generally require that reserves be maintained against aggregate
transaction accounts as follows: for accounts aggregating $54.0 million or less
(subject to adjustment by the Federal Reserve Board) the reserve requirement is
3%; and for accounts greater than $54.0 million, the reserve requirement is $1.6
million plus 10% (subject to adjustment by the Federal Reserve Board between 8%
and 14%) against that portion of total transaction accounts in excess of $54.0
million.  The first $4.2 million of otherwise reservable balances (subject to
adjustments by the Federal Reserve Board) are exempted from the reserve
requirements.  The Association is in compliance with the foregoing requirements.
The balances maintained to meet the reserve requirements imposed by the FRB may
be used to satisfy liquidity requirements imposed by the OTS.

                                     -28-
<PAGE>
 
OHIO REGULATION

     As a savings and loan association organized under the laws of the State
of Ohio, the Association is subject to regulation by the Ohio Division of
Savings and Loans (the "Ohio Division").  Regulation by the Division affects the
Association's internal organization as well as its savings, mortgage lending,
and other investment activities. Periodic examinations by the Ohio Division are
usually conducted on a joint basis with the OTS.  Ohio law requires that the
Association maintain federal deposit insurance as a condition of doing business.

     Under Ohio law, an Ohio association may buy any obligation representing
a loan that would be a legal loan if originated by the Association, subject to
various requirements including:  loans secured by liens on income-producing real
estate may not exceed 20% of an association's assets; consumer loans, commercial
paper, and corporate debt securities may not exceed 20% of an association's
assets; loans for commercial, corporate, business, or agricultural purposes may
not exceed 10% of an association's assets unless the Ohio Division increases the
limitation to 30%, provided that an association's required reserve must increase
proportionately; certain other types of loans may be made for lesser percentages
of the association's assets; and, with certain limitations and exceptions,
certain additional loans may be made if not in excess of 3% of the association's
total assets.  In addition, no association may make real estate acquisition and
development loans for primarily residential use to one borrower in excess of 2%
of assets.  The total investments in commercial paper or corporate debt of any
issuer cannot exceed 1% of an association's assets, with certain exceptions.

     Ohio law authorizes Ohio-chartered associations to, among other things:
(i) invest up to 15% of assets in the capital stock, obligations, and other
securities of service corporations organized under the laws of Ohio, and an
additional 20% of net worth may be invested in loans to majority owned service
corporations; (ii) invest up to 10% of assets in corporate equity securities,
bonds, debentures, notes, or other evidence of indebtedness; (iii) exceed limits
otherwise applicable to certain types of investments (other than investments in
service corporations) by and between 3% and 10% of assets, depending upon the
level of the institution's permanent stock, general reserves, surplus, and
undivided profits; and (iv) invest up to 15% of assets in any loans or
investments not otherwise specifically authorized or prohibited, subject to
authorization by the institution's board of directors.

     An Ohio association may invest in such real property or interests therein
as its board of directors deems necessary or convenient for the conduct of the
business of the association, but the amount so invested may not exceed the net
worth of the association at the time the investment is made. Additionally, an
association may invest an amount equal to 10% of its assets in any other real
estate. This limitation does not apply, however, to real estate acquired by
foreclosure, conveyance in lieu of foreclosure, or other legal proceedings in
relation to loan security interests.

     Notwithstanding the above powers authorized under Ohio law and regulation,
a state-chartered savings association, such as the Association, is subject to
certain limitations on its permitted activities and investments under federal
law, which may restrict the ability of an Ohio-chartered association to engage
in activities and make investments otherwise authorized under Ohio law.

     Ohio has adopted statutory limitations on the acquisition of control of an
Ohio savings and loan association by requiring the written approval of the Ohio
Division prior to the acquisition by any person or company, as defined under the
Ohio Revised Code, of a controlling interest in an Ohio association. Control
exists, for purposes of Ohio law, when any person or company, either directly,
indirectly, or acting in concert with one or more other persons or companies (a)
acquires any class of voting stock, irrevocable proxies, or any combination
thereof, (b) directs the election of a majority of directors, (c) becomes the
general partner of the savings and loan association, (d) has influence over the
management and policies of the savings and loan association, (e) has the ability
to direct shareholder votes, or (f) anything else deemed to be control by the
Ohio Division. The Ohio Division's written permission is required when the total
amount of control held by the acquiror was less than or equal to 25% control
before the acquisition and more than 25% control after the acquisition, or when
the total amount of control held by the acquiror was less than 50% before the
acquisition and more than 50% after the acquisition. Ohio law also prescribes
other situations in which the Ohio Division must be notified of the acquisition
even though prior approval is not required.

                                     -29-
<PAGE>
 
Any person or company, which would include a director, will not be deemed to be
in control by virtue of an annual solicitation of proxies voted as directed by a
majority of the board of directors.

     Under certain circumstances, interstate mergers and acquisitions involving
associations incorporated under Ohio law are permitted by Ohio law. A savings
and loan association or savings and loan holding company with its principal
place of business in another state may acquire a savings and loan association or
savings and loan holding company incorporated under Ohio law if the laws of such
other state permit an Ohio savings and loan association or an Ohio holding
company reciprocal rights. Additionally, recently enacted legislation permits
interstate branching by savings and loan associations incorporated under Ohio
law.

     Ohio law requires prior written approval of the Ohio Superintendent of
Savings and Loans of a merger of an Ohio association with another savings and
loan association or a holding company affiliate.

HOLDING COMPANY REGULATION

     GENERAL.  The Holding Company is a non-diversified mutual savings and loan
holding company within the meaning of the HOLA. As such, the Holding Company is
registered with the OTS and is subject to OTS regulations, examinations,
supervision and reporting requirements. In addition, the OTS has enforcement
authority over the Holding Company and its non-savings institution subsidiaries.
Among other things, this authority permits the OTS to restrict or prohibit
activities that are determined to be a serious risk to the subsidiary savings
institution. The Association must notify the OTS 30 days before declaring any
dividend to the Company.

     RESTRICTIONS APPLICABLE TO MUTUAL HOLDING COMPANIES.  Pursuant to Section
10(o) of the HOLA and OTS regulations, a mutual holding company may engage in
the following activities: (i) investing in the stock of a savings association;
(ii) acquiring a mutual association through the merger of such association into
a savings association subsidiary of such holding company or an interim savings
association subsidiary of such holding company; (iii) merging with or acquiring
another holding company; one of whose subsidiaries is a savings association;
(iv) investing in a corporation, the capital stock of which is available for
purchase by a savings association under federal law or under the law of any
state where the subsidiary savings association or associations share their home
offices; (v) furnishing or performing management services for a savings
association subsidiary of such company; (vi) holding, managing or liquidating
assets owned or acquired from a savings subsidiary of such company; (vii)
holding or managing properties used or occupied by a savings association
subsidiary of such company properties used or occupied by a savings association
subsidiary of such company; (viii) acting as trustee under deeds of trust; (ix)
any other activity (A) that the Federal Reserve Board, by regulation, has
determined to be permissible for bank holding companies under Section 4(c) of
the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, unless the Director, by regulation,
prohibits or limits any such activity for savings and loan holding companies; or
(B) in which multiple savings and loan holding companies were authorized (by
regulation) to directly engage on March 5, 1987; and (x) purchasing, holding, or
disposing of stock acquired in connection with a qualified stock issuance if the
purchase of such stock by such savings and loan holding company is approved by
the Director. If a mutual holding company acquires or merges with another
holding company, the holding company acquired or the holding company resulting
from such merger or acquisition may only invest in assets and engage in
activities listed in (i) through (x) above, and has a period of two years to
cease any non-conforming activities and divest of any non-conforming
investments.

     The HOLA prohibits a savings and loan holding company, directly or
indirectly, or through one or more subsidiaries, from acquiring another savings
institution or holding company thereof, without prior written approval of the
OTS. It also prohibits the acquisition or retention of, with certain exceptions,
more than 5% of a non-subsidiary savings institution, a non-subsidiary holding
company, or a non-subsidiary company engaged in activities other than those
permitted by the HOLA; or acquiring or retaining control of an institution that
is not federally insured. In evaluating applications by holding companies to
acquire savings institutions, the OTS must consider the financial and managerial
resources, future prospects of the company and institution involved, the effect
of the acquisition on the risk to the insurance fund, the convenience and needs
of the community and competitive factors.

                                     -30-
<PAGE>
 
     The OTS is prohibited from approving any acquisition that would result in a
multiple savings and loan holding company controlling savings institutions in
more than one state, subject to two exceptions: (i) the approval of interstate
supervisory acquisitions by savings and loan holding companies, and (ii) the
acquisition of a savings institution in another state if the laws of the state
of the target savings institution specifically permit such acquisitions.

FEDERAL AND STATE TAXATION

     FEDERAL TAXATION. Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and
liability method which requires recognition of deferred tax liabilities and
assets for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been
included in the financial statements or tax returns.  Under this method deferred
tax liabilities and assets are determined based on the difference between the
financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities using enacted tax
rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse.

     The Federal tax bad debt reserve method available to thrift institutions
was repealed in 1996 for tax years beginning after 1995.  As a result, the
Association must change from the reserve method to the specific charge-off
method to compute its bad debt deduction.  In addition, the Association is
required generally to recapture into income the portion of its bad debt reserve
(other than the supplemental reserve) that exceeds its base year reserves,
approximately $200,000.

     The recapture amount resulting from the change in a thrift's method of
accounting for its bad debt reserves generally will be taken into taxable income
ratably (on a straight-line basis) over a six-year period.  If the Association
meets a "residential loan requirement" for a tax year beginning in 1996 or 1997,
the recapture of the reserves will be suspended for such tax year.  Thus,
recapture can potentially be deferred for up to two years.  The residential loan
requirement is met if the principal amount of housing loans made by the
Association during the year at issue (1996 and 1997) is at least as much as the
average of the principal amount of loans made during the six most recent tax
years prior to 1996.  Refinancings and home equity loans are excluded.

     Retained earnings as of March 31, 1997 include approximately $2.7 million
for which no provision for Federal income tax has been made. This reserve (base
year and supplemental) is frozen/not forgiven as certain events could trigger a
recapture such as stock redemption or distributions to shareholders in excess of
current or accumulated earnings and profits.

     The Association was last audited for tax years through 1993. The
examination was concluded in May 1995, and all matters requiring payment of
taxes were resolved with no material effect on the Association's financial
statements.

     OHIO TAXATION.  The Association files Ohio franchise tax returns. For Ohio
franchise tax purposes, savings institutions are currently taxed at a rate equal
to 1.5% of taxable net worth. The Association is not currently under audit with
respect to its Ohio franchise tax returns.

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES
- ------------------

     The Association conducts its business through its main office located in
Wooster, Ohio, and five full service branch offices located in four counties.
The following table sets forth certain information concerning the main office
and each branch office of the Association at March 31, 1997. The aggregate net
book value of the Association's premises and equipment was $4.0 million at March
31, 1997.

                                     -31-
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
          Location             Year Opened     Owned or Leased       
          --------             -----------     ---------------       
    <S>                        <C>             <C>                   
    151 N. Market St.               1902           Owned                 
    Wooster, Ohio 44691                                              
                                                                     
    1926 Cleveland Rd.              1978           Owned                 
    Wooster, Ohio 44691                                              
                                                                     
    90 North Clay St.               1964           Owned                 
    Millersburg, Ohio 44654                                          
                                                                     
    233 Claremont Ave.              1968           Owned                 
    Ashland, Ohio 44805                                              
                                                                     
    237 North Main St.              1972           Owned                 
    Rittman, Ohio 44270                                              
                                                                     
    303 Highland Dr.                1980           Owned                  
    Lodi, Ohio 44254
</TABLE>

    The Association's accounting and record keeping activities are maintained
through an in-house data processing system.

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
- -------------------------

    There are various claims and lawsuits in which the Association is
periodically involved incident to the Association's business.  In the opinion of
management, no material loss is expected from any of such pending claims or
lawsuits.

ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS
- -----------------------------------------------------------

    During the fourth quarter of the fiscal year covered by this report, the
Registrant did not submit any matters to the vote of security holders.

                                    PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON STOCK AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------

     The "Stockholder Information" and Common Stock and Related Matters sections
of the Association's annual report to stockholders for the fiscal year ended
March 31, 1997 (the "1997 Annual Report to Stockholders") are incorporated
herein by reference.  No other sections of the 1997 Annual Report to
Stockholders are incorporated herein by this reference.

                                     -32-
<PAGE>
 
ITEM 6.  MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
         RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
         ---------------------

     The "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations" section of the Association's 1997 Annual Report to
Stockholders is incorporated herein by reference.  No other sections of the 1997
Annual Report to Stockholders are incorporated herein by this reference.

ITEM 7.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
- ----------------------------------------------------

     The material identified in Item 13(a)(1) hereof is incorporated herein by
reference.

ITEM 8.  CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
         FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
         --------------------

     Not Applicable

                                    PART III
                                    --------

ITEM 9.  DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE ASSOCIATION
- ------------------------------------------------------------

     The "Proposal I--Election of Directors" section of the Association's
definitive proxy statement for its 1996 annual meeting of stockholders (the
"Proxy Statement") is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 10. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
- -------------------------------

     The "Proposal I--Election of Directors" section of the Association's Proxy
Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 11. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------

     The "Proposal I--Election of Directors" section of the Association's Proxy
Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 12. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
- -------------------------------------------------------

     The "Proposal I--Election of Directors" section of the Association's Proxy
Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

                                     -33-
<PAGE>
 
                                 PART IV
                                 -------

ITEM 13. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES, AND REPORTS ON FROM 8-K
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------

     (a)(1)  Financial Statements
             --------------------

    The following documents appear in sections of the Association's 1997 Annual
Report to Stockholders under the same captions, and are incorporated herein by
reference.  No other sections of the 1997 Annual Report to Stockholders are
incorporated herein by this reference.

          (i)       Selected Financial and Other Data;

          (ii)      Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
                    and Results of Operations;

          (iii)     Report of Independent Certified Public Accountants;

          (iv)      Statements of Financial Condition;

          (v)       Statements of Earnings;

          (vi)      Statements of Stockholders' Equity;

          (vii)     Statements of Cash Flows; and

          (viii)    Notes to Financial Statements.

     With the exception of the aforementioned sections, the Association's 1997
Annual Report to Stockholders is not deemed filed as part of this Annual Report
on Form 10-KSB, and no other sections of the 1997 Annual Report to Stockholders
are incorporated herein by this reference.

                                     -34-
<PAGE>
 
     (a)(2)  Financial Statement Schedules
             -----------------------------

    All financial statement schedules have been omitted as the required
information is inapplicable or has been included in the Notes to Financial
Statements.

(a)(3)  Exhibits

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                                      Sequential Page
                                                     Reference to Prior     Number Where
                                                     Filing or Exhibit    Attached Exhibits
  Regulation S-B                                      Number Attached    Are Located in This
  Exhibit Number               Document                    Hereto        Form 10-KSB Report
  --------------               --------             ------------------  -------------------
  <S>                  <C>                          <C>                 <C>
        3              Articles of Incorporation             *             Not Applicable
 
        3                       Bylaws                       *             Not Applicable
 
        4              Instruments defining the              *             Not Applicable
                       rights of security holders,
                         including debentures
 
        9               Voting trust agreement              None           Not Applicable
 
        10                Material contracts                None           Not Applicable
 
        11             Statement re: computation            Not            Not Applicable
                         of per share earnings            Required
 
        13                 Annual Report to                 13               Exhibit 13
                         Security Holders
 
        16          Letter re: change in certifying         None           Not Applicable
                             accountants
 
        18          Letter re: change in accounting         None           Not Applicable
                              principles
 
        21             Subsidiary of Registrant             None           Not Applicable
 
        22            Published report regarding            None           Not Applicable
                     matters submitted to vote of
                            security holders
 
        28            Information from reports              None           Not Applicable
                          furnished to state
                         insurance regulatory
                               authorities
 
        99                Additional Exhibits               None           Not Applicable
</TABLE> 

_____________________________
*    Filed as exhibits to the Registrant's Combined Form MHC-1/MHC-2 Application
     filed with the OTS on August 3, 1992, as amended on September 15, 1992,
     September 23, 1992, February 1, 1993, March 16, 1993 and April 14, 1993.
     All such previously filed documents are hereby incorporated by reference in
     accordance with Item 601 of Regulation S-B.

     (b)  Reports on Form 8-K:
          ------------------- 

     The Association filed a Current Report on Form 8-K on May 8, 1997
announcing the declaration of a three-for-two stock split, payable on June 13,
1997 to stockholders of record as of May 23, 1997.

                                     -35-
<PAGE>
 
                                   SIGNATURES
                                   ----------

     Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on
its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.


                                 THE WAYNE SAVINGS AND LOAN COMPANY


Date:  June 30, 1997             By:  /s/ Charles F. Finn
                                      ----------------------------------
                                      Charles F. Finn, President and Chief
                                      Executive Officer

     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange of 1934, this
report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the
Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.



By: /s/ Charles F. Finn                    By: /s/ A. Lee Miller
    ---------------------------------          ---------------------------------
    Charles F. Finn, President, Chief          A. Lee Miller, Senior Vice 
    Executive Officer and Director             President,  Treasurer and 
    (Principal Executive Officer)              Controller  
                                               (Principal Financial/Accounting 
                                               Officer) 

Date: June 30, 1997                        Date: June 30, 1997


By: /s/ Kenneth G. Rhode                   By: /s/ Donald E. Massaro
    ---------------------------------          ---------------------------------
    Kenneth G. Rhode, Director                 Donald E. Massaro, Director

Date: June 30, 1997                        Date: June 30, 1997


By: /s/ James C. Morgan                    By: /s/ Terry A. Gardner
    ---------------------------------          ---------------------------------
    James C. Morgan, Director                  Terry A. Gardner, Director

Date: June 30, 1997                        Date: June 30, 1997

By: /s/ Russell L. Harpster                By: /s/ Joseph L.Retzler
    ---------------------------------          ---------------------------------
    Russell L. Harpster, Director              Joseph L. Retzler, Director

Date: June 30, 1997                        Date:  June 30, 1997
<PAGE>
 
                                   EXHIBIT 13

                       1997 ANNUAL REPORT TO STOCKHOLDERS
<PAGE>
 
                              1997 ANNUAL REPORT
                              ------------------
                                TO STOCKHOLDERS




                            [ARTWORK APPEARS HERE]



                      THE WAYNE SAVINGS AND LOAN COMPANY
<PAGE>
 
                     [THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]
<PAGE>
 
                               CORPORATE PROFILE


  Established in 1899, The Wayne Savings and Loan Company has been serving the
financial needs of the residents of Wayne, Holmes, Ashland, and Medina counties
in Ohio for 98 years. Headquartered in downtown Wooster, Ohio, the Company also
operates full-service branch offices in Wooster, Millersburg, Ashland, Rittman,
and Lodi. Throughout its long history and many economic cycles, Wayne Savings
has enjoyed a fine reputation for stability, safety and soundness, and community
service. The Company also has been well known for its sound management,
consistent profitability, and quality, personal service.

  Wayne Savings converted to the stock form of ownership in 1993 through the
formation of a mutual holding company named Wayne Savings Bankshares M.H.C. The
Company's common stock is traded on the NASDAQ Stock Market under the symbol
"WAYN."

  The mission of Wayne Savings is to excel in customer service as a sound,
independent, profitable, and progressive community bank dedicated to providing
an array of services responsive to the financial needs of people in our
communities, with an emphasis on home financing and household savings, and to
provide for the security and development for our employees.


                               BOARD OF DIRECTORS


                [PHOTOGRAPH OF BOARD OF DIRECTORS APPEARS HERE]

Seated:  Charles F. Finn, President, CEO, Kenneth G. Rhode, Chairman, Russell L.
         Harpster
Standing:  Joseph L. Retzler, Terry A. Gardner, James C. Morgan, Donald E.
           Massaro


- -------------------------------------- 3  --------------------------------------
<PAGE>
 
                     [THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]
<PAGE>
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
                                                                            Page
<S>                                                                         <C>
President's Letter........................................................     7
Building for Tomorrow.....................................................     9
Selected Financial and Other Data.........................................    13
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results
 of Operations............................................................    16
Stockholder Information...................................................    22
Common Stock and Related Matters..........................................    23
Report of Independent Certified Public Accountants........................    24
Statements of Financial Condition.........................................    25
Statements of Earnings....................................................    26
Statements of Stockholders' Equity........................................    27
Statements of Cash Flows..................................................    28
Notes to Financial Statements.............................................    30
 
</TABLE>


                              [MAP APPEARS HERE]
- -----------
Main Office
- -----------

*  Wooster
   151 N. Market Street

- --------------
Branch Offices
- --------------

 .  Ashland 
   233 Claremont Avenue

 .  Lodi
   303 Highland Drive

 .  Millersburg
   90 North Clay Street

 .  Rittman
   237 North Main Street

 .  Wooster
   1926 Cleveland Road


- -------------------------------------- 5 ---------------------------------------
<PAGE>
 
                              PRESIDENT'S LETTER


[PHOTOGRAPH OF CHARLES F. FINN APPEARS HERE]
             Charles F. Finn
   President and Chief Executive Officer



TO OUR STOCKHOLDERS
AND CUSTOMERS:

  We are very gratified by the accomplishments and events of the fiscal year
ended March 31, 1997, Wayne Savings' 98th year of providing quality financial
services to our community. It was another year of favorable operating results,
and considerable progress was made in implementing our strategic plan to keep
Wayne Savings thriving as a community bank in a changing financial services
environment.

  Two non-recurring charges affected net earnings for the year, but both charges
will have a very positive effect going forward. As a result of favorable
legislation on September 30, 1996, all banking institutions in the United States
with deposits insured by the FDIC Savings Association Insurance Fund were
assessed 65.7 cents for every $100 of deposits to bring the fund to the required
level. For Wayne Savings, the one-time assessment amounted to $1.3 million, or
$887,000 after-tax, equal to $.40 per share. We also took a fixed asset write-
off to prepare for the construction of our new Cleveland Point Financial Center
in Wooster, which amounted to $75,000 after-tax, or $.03 per share.

  Before the above one-time charges, net earnings totaled $1.7 million, or $.75
per share, an increase of 18.4% over net earnings of $1.4 million, or $.64 per
share, in the prior year. We are pleased with the increase in core earnings,
which resulted primarily from a $322,000 increase in net interest income over
the previous year. After booking the SAIF assessment and fixed asset write-off,
net earnings totaled $709,000 or $.32 per share.

  We are relieved the long-standing issue regarding the recapitalization of the
FDIC-SAIF fund was settled and the fund is now at full strength. For Wayne
Savings, we now have competitive equality with all banking institutions, as our
deposit insurance premiums have been reduced from 23 cents to 6.4 cents per $100
of deposits. While the SAIF recapitalization was costly, it sets the stage for
the modernization of the financial services industry, which will be considered
by Congress in the year ahead.

  Wayne Savings experienced growth in all key areas in fiscal 1997. Total assets
on March 31, 1997 amounted to $252.2 million, up $3.7 million from $248.5
million at the end of the prior year. Stockholders' equity increased

                                                        (continued on next page)


- -------------------------------------- 7 ---------------------------------------
<PAGE>
 
                          PRESIDENT'S LETTER (con't.)



  $263,000 to a new total of $23.1 million, resulting in a tangible capital-to-
assets ratio of 9.17%. Deposit account balances increased from $210.2 million to
$211.4 million, while net loans receivable increased from $206.5 million to
$209.4 million.

  Asset quality remains strong and capital levels are well in excess of
regulatory requirements. Wayne Savings again received a Five-Star rating for
safety and soundness in each of the four quarters of fiscal 1997 from Bauer
Financial Reports Inc., a nationally recognized firm that rates financial
institutions. This is the highest rating awarded to banks.

  We have been pleased by investors' confidence in Wayne Savings and your
interest in our common stock. During the fiscal year ended March 31, 1997, the
price of our common stock increased 27%.  In fiscal 1997, our stockholders
received quarterly dividends totaling $.61 per share.  On April 24, 1997, your
Board of Directors declared a three-for-two stock split in the form of a 50%
stock dividend, which was distributed on June 12, 1997.  All information in this
report pertaining to stock price, earnings per share, and dividends have been
adjusted to reflect the stock split.

  As I touched on earlier, technological and competitive forces are re-shaping
the delivery of financial services. In the past year, we took strategic actions
to position Wayne Savings for continued growth, profitability, and expanded
services in this new world of banking. These actions, which are outlined in more
detail on the following pages, included instilling a marketing and sales culture
throughout the Company, technology advancements, expanded products and services,
office facilities improvements, market area expansion, and corporate
restructuring.

  In this era of consolidation and ever larger financial conglomerates, we
believe community banks like Wayne Savings will be the first and best choice of
consumers who prefer more personalized service. We are committed to maintaining
our focus on providing the same friendly, responsive, and accurate service that
generations of customers have come to expect of us.

 Our directors, officers, and staff thank you for your continued confidence and
support.


                         Sincerely,

                         /s/ Charles F. Finn
                          
                         Charles F. Finn
                         President and Chief Executive Officer


- -------------------------------------- 8 ---------------------------------------
<PAGE>
 
                             BUILDING FOR TOMORROW
                                                             [LOGO APPEARS HERE]

                           REVIEW OF ACCOMPLISHMENTS


INCREASING SHAREHOLDER VALUE

  Since Wayne Savings' conversion to the stock form of ownership, Management and
the Board of Directors have remained focused on maximizing investment value for
our stockholders.  Since the initial stock offering in June, 1993, charter
stockholders have experienced a 200% price appreciation in Wayne Savings common
stock.  At December 31, 1996, stockholders had realized a one year total return
of 29.24% on their investment and a two year total return of 56.86%.

  We have also continued our policy of paying a continuing stream of above-
average quarterly dividends. In the past year, our stockholders received a total
of $.61 per share in quarterly dividends, and the divided yield based on the
March 31, 1997 stock price was 3.54%

  An Automatic Dividend Reinvestment Plan was introduced last year, which
enables our stockholders to purchase additional shares of Wayne Savings' common
stock at market value without having to pay brokerage commissions and service
charges. This is a convenient and inexpensive way for investors to increase
their holdings of our common stock. There was a very favorable response to the
plan.  Of the 852 registered shareholders, there were 307 enrolled as of the end
of the last quarter, a 36% participation rate.

  We remain committed to enhancing the franchise value of the Company in the
future by intelligently investing in people, marketing, new business
opportunities, strategic branch locations, and technology.


                [PHOTOGRAPH OF SENIOR MANAGEMENT APPEARS HERE]

Left to right: Wanda Christopher-Finn, Executive Vice President, Chief
Administrative Officer; Gary C. Miller, Senior Vice President, Loan Origination
Division; A. Lee Miller, Senior Vice President, Finance/Accounting Division;
Todd J. Tappel, Senior Vice President, Director of Planning, Corporate Secretary


MID-TIER STOCK HOLDING COMPANY

  In January, 1997, your Board of Directors approved a plan of corporate
restructuring which will provide for establishing a stock holding company to be
named Wayne Savings Bankshares Inc. Upon completion of the reorganization, Wayne
Savings Bankshares, M.H.C., the present mutual holding company, will own a
majority of the common stock of the new stock holding company, which will own
100% of the common stock of The Wayne Savings and Loan Company. Existing
stockholders will be asked to exchange each share of Wayne Savings' common stock



- ------------------------------------- 9 ----------------------------------------
<PAGE>
 
                         BUILDING FOR TOMORROW (con't.)



for one share of common stock in the new stock holding company.

  Completion of the reorganization is subject to regulatory and stockholder
approval. An application was filed with the Office of Thrift Supervision and
stockholders will be asked to approve the plan of reorganization at the annual
meeting in July, 1997.

  The mid-tier holding company structure will provide opportunities that are not
currently available to us in our current form of organization. The
reorganization will permit the stock holding company to make investments,
diversify business activities, or complete acquisitions for the benefit to all
stockholders. The stock holding company will also be able to repurchase shares
of its common stock, if this is deemed a desirable investment of capital
resources.

MARKETING AND SALES CULTURE

  We believe building and maintaining valuable customer relationships is vital
to enhancing the franchise value of Wayne Savings. The competition for customer
relationships from banks and non-banks has increased dramatically, prompting us
to place a great deal of emphasis on instilling a marketing and sales culture
that permeates the entire company. The objectives of the program were to improve
product profitability, increase market share, improve customer retention, and
increase the number of products per household through company-wide cross-
selling.

  It is our feeling that employees who produce should be rewarded, so a system
of incentive payments was established for the successful cross-selling of new
products. A Retail Sales Support Manager was appointed to train employees in
cross-selling techniques, coordinate and encourage sales efforts, and administer
incentive awards. By utilizing Marketing Customer Information technology (MCIF),
we were able to increase the number of products used by existing customers
through direct mail, cross-selling, and telephone marketing. This also enabled
us to spend our advertising dollars more judiciously through target marketing.

  As part of the new marketing emphasis, we also developed a Relationship
Banking program, which included customer incentives for utilizing more than one
product, a School Outreach program to teach financial concepts to students, and
a stepped-up Officer Call program to maintain consistent contacts with community
realtors and builders.

  The first-year results of our cross-selling initiative has been quite
encouraging. The cross-sales ratio for the year was 25%, meaning that one new
product was sold for each four contacts. During a spring promotion to increase
the volume of home equity lines of credit, our staff exceeded the total goal by
20%.

  We are quite proud of our great team of officers and staff for the
enthusiastic way in which they quickly adapted to our new sales program.

TECHNOLOGY ADVANCEMENTS

  In the past year, Wayne Savings successfully completed a full conversion to
our "in-house" data processing system after utilizing an independent service
bureau for 21 years. The software vendor is Data Dimensions Inc., Orlando,
Florida. A wide area network links a Unysis A7 main-frame computer with personal
computers at all offices and departments.  This new state-of-the art system
provides faster customer service, greater accessibility of information through
an expanded data base, and improved operating efficiencies.

  In connection with the data processing conversion, we also installed a
computerized mortgage loan origination system to eliminate the manual
preparation of documents. The loan origination system is in use at all offices
and is connected to the main-frame computer. This technology has enabled us to
speed-up the time from application to closing, resulting in better customer and
realtor relations, and it has produced efficiencies in our loan processing
department.

  With the rapid changes in technology and growing information requirements, we
felt it was important to gain independence and control over our data processing
capabilities. Our new in-house computer systems should enable us to be more
responsive to customer service needs and to utilize the latest advancements in
technology.

  Our new technology already has enabled us to introduce a great new, cost-free
service for the added convenience of our customers. A complete on-line telephone
banking system, known as TELEBANKER, now allows customers access to their
accounts 24 hours a day- 7 days a week. With this innovative new service,
customers can transfer funds from one account to another, make loan payments,
obtain balance inquiries, find out whether specific checks have cleared, and
check on the amount of the last deposit. Since its inception, TELEBANKER has
been very popular with our customer base. Besides the customer service benefits,
we expect TELEBANKER to result in improved efficiencies as more staff will be
freed up from handling routine phone calls.


- ------------------------------------- 10 ---------------------------------------
<PAGE>
 
  Also, Wayne Savings recently doubled the number of Automatic Teller Machine
locations. By installing ATM's at our Millersburg, Rittman, and Lodi offices,
customers at each Wayne Savings location are now served by a drive-up ATM. As it
has become common for banks to surcharge non-customers for cash withdrawals, the
installation of ATM's at all offices became especially important.

NEW PRODUCTS

  In the past year, Wayne Savings took a major step to broaden the range of
financial products available for customers. Through an affiliation with
Lifestyle Financial Investments Inc., a subsidiary of Great American Life
Insurance Company of Cincinnati, Ohio, the sale of tax-deferred fixed annuities
was introduced at all offices of Wayne Savings. The introduction of the fixed
annuity product meets consumer demand within our market areas for alternative
investments in conjunction with insured deposits accounts. This new alternative
investment product is not federally insured, but the safety of principal is
backed by the financial stability of Great American Life Insurance Company,
which is rated "A" (excellent) by A.M. Best Insurance Company rating service.

  The fixed annuity product offers a tax-deferred retirement account alternative
to our customers and it provides Wayne Savings with a new source of fee income
and earnings. The availability of the fixed annuity enhances our cross-sell
strategy to develop multiple account customers across all product lines. We are
also now poised to expand into the offering of other types of alternative
investments when we choose.

  In implementing the fixed annuity program, Wayne Savings chose not to utilize
outside sales persons. Instead, we decided to train and license some of our
staff members. Following intensive training, nine members of our staff passed
the State of Ohio examination and are now licensed insurance agents. One of
these qualified and licensed representatives is available at each Wayne Savings
location to discuss the suitability of fixed annuities for our customers'
investment portfolios.

  On the lending side of the business, Wayne Savings introduced a new bi-weekly
mortgage loan product as an option to the traditional monthly payment mortgage.
Available with an automatic payment transfer from a checking account, the new
product results in an accelerated amortization of the loan balance and reduced
total interest costs over the life of the loan. We also modified and expanded
terms on lot loans to make the purchase of land more affordable for our
customers, and we enhanced the terms on home equity lines of credit to make this
tax-advantaged product more attractive and affordable. In fiscal 1997, we
experienced a 7% increase in mortgage loan volume and a 32% increase in home
equity line of credit balances.

  Wayne Savings remains committed to providing affordable housing programs to
low-to-moderate income home buyers.  We have participated strongly in the USDA
Guaranteed Rural Housing Loans program, which makes loans available at special
terms for purchase and construction of single family homes in rural areas.
Wayne Savings is currently the leading lender in our market area in the Rural
Housing Loan program.

FACILITIES EXPANSION


                            [ART WORK APPEARS HERE]

                Main Office, 151 North Market, Wooster, Ohio  


  To position Wayne Savings for future growth and expanded services to
customers, a major renovation of the Company's main office in downtown Wooster
was begun in October 1996. Two separate additions to the existing structure will
provide combined new work space of

- ------------------------------------- 11 ---------------------------------------
<PAGE>
 
                         BUILDING FOR TOMORROW (cont.)


approximately 2700 square feet. The architecture and materials for the additions
were designed to blend with the original building. The expanded areas will
contain an Operations Center, a Board/Conference room, and a Training center.

                            [ARTWORK APPEARS HERE]

                Cleveland Point Financial Center, Wooster, Ohio

  Due to the growth of residential and commercial development occurring in
Wooster, Ohio, it became necessary to consider expansion of our branch facility
at the Cleveland Road site. Through the purchase of two adjacent land parcels,
we were able to recently begin construction of a new Cleveland Point Financial
Center to replace the existing Cleveland Road branch office. The new two-story
financial center will have three drive-in lanes with a drive-up ATM and a walk-
in vault with safe deposit boxes. The parking area will be greatly enlarged and
traffic flow will be improved. A full range of financial services is planned
when the new facility opens for business in late 1997. The existing Cleveland
Road office will remain open until construction is complete. The expansion will
result in improved customer convenience, and it is expected to increase deposit
and loan growth at this location.

MARKET EXPANSION

  Wayne Savings has filed an application with the State of Ohio to establish a
presence in the growing community of North Canton, Ohio, which is located in
Stark County. An existing bank building on South Main Street in North Canton was
recently purchased to house the planned new operation. The one-story brick
building, formerly occupied by a large regional bank, is situated in a primarily
residential area, and it has three drive-in lanes and walk-in vault. The office
will be managed and staffed by local personnel. The expansion into Stark County
will provide a new source for growth in retail deposits, home loans, and
consumer loans. We are excited about the opportunity to bring our personalized
banking services to the North Canton community. A fall, 1997 opening is
projected.

One ship drives east, and another west
With the self-same winds that blow
Tis the set of the sails
And not the gales
Which decides the way to go.

                 --Ella Wheeler Wilcox

- -------------------------------------- 12 --------------------------------------
<PAGE>
 
                       SELECTED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA


  The following table sets forth certain financial and other data of The Wayne
Savings and Loan Company ("Wayne Savings" or the "Company") at the dates and for
the periods indicated. For additional information about the Company, reference
is made to "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations" and the Financial Statements of the Company and related
notes included elsewhere herein.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                At March 31,
                             -------------------------------------------------
                               1997      1996       1995      1994      1993
                             --------  --------   --------  --------  --------
                                               (In Thousands)
<S>                          <C>       <C>        <C>       <C>       <C>
Selected Financial                               
 Condition Data                                  
Total assets...............  $252,175  $248,503   $241,359  $239,614  $238,047
Loans receivable, net/1/...   209,404   206,513    201,857   182,963   178,873
Mortgage-backed                                  
 securities/2/.............       873     1,929      2,920     4,032     4,714
Investment securities/3/...    24,470    19,675     25,542    33,114    26,605
Cash and cash                                    
 equivalents/4/............     7,606    10,190      3,073    11,389    18,193
Deposits...................   211,442   210,158    205,497   216,873   222,363
Stockholders' equity/5/....    23,115    22,852     21,860    20,358    13,671
</TABLE>

/1/ Includes loans held for sale.
/2/ Includes mortgage-backed securities held as either available for sale or
    held for sale.
/3/ Includes certificates of deposit in other financial institutions.
/4/ Includes cash and due from banks, interest-bearing deposits in other
    financial institutions, and federal funds sold.
/5/ Consists of only retained earnings as of March 31, 1993.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               Year Ended March 31,
                                     -------------------------------------------
                                      1997      1996     1995     1994     1993
                                     -------  -------  -------  -------  -------
                                                    (In Thousands)
<S>                                 <C>       <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>
Selected Operating Data:
Interest income............          $18,719  $18,328  $17,360  $18,262  $18,734
Interest expense...........           10,610   10,541    9,249    9,844   11,733
                                     -------  -------  -------  -------  -------
  Net interest income......            8,109    7,787    8,111    8,418    7,001
Provision for loan losses..               20       20       25      110       65
                                     -------  -------  -------  -------  -------
  Net interest income
   after provision
    for loan losses........            8,089    7,767    8,086    8,308    6,936
Other income...............              575      607      489      856    1,406
General, administrative
  and other expense/1/.....            7,588    6,189    6,051    5,948    6,789
                                     -------  -------  -------  -------  -------
Earnings before income
 taxes.....................            1,076    2,185    2,524    3,216    1,553
Federal income taxes.......              367      774      882    1,044      505
                                     -------  -------  -------  -------  -------
  Net earnings/1/..........          $   709  $ 1,411  $ 1,642  $ 2,172  $ 1,048
                                     =======  =======  =======  =======  =======
</TABLE>

/1/ The fiscal year ended March 31, 1997 includes a one-time charge of $1.3
million to recapitalize Savings Associations Insurance Fund ("SAIF") and a
$113,000 write-off of certain fixed assets relating to construction of a new
facility at the Cleveland Road location. Without these charges, operating data
would have been as follows:

<TABLE> 
<S>                                  <C> 
General, administrative
 and other expense.........          $ 6,132

Net earnings...............          $ 1,671
</TABLE> 

- -------------------------------------- 13 --------------------------------------
<PAGE>
 
                             FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

    As of and for the years ended March 31, 1997, 1996, 1995, 1994 and 1993


                                 NET EARNINGS

                                (Millions)
                FY 93           1.048
                FY 94           2.172
                FY 95           1.642
                FY 96           1.411
                FY 97            .709


                              NET INTEREST MARGIN

                                
                FY 93           3.07
                FY 94           3.62
                FY 95           3.51
                FY 96           3.30
                FY 97           3.40


                                 TOTAL ASSETS

                                (Millions)
                FY 93           238.047
                FY 94           239.614
                FY 95           241.359
                FY 96           248.503
                FY 97           252.175


                             STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

                                (Millions)
                FY 93           13.671
                FY 94           20.358
                FY 95           21.860
                FY 96           22.852
                FY 97           23.115


- ------------------------------------- 14 ---------------------------------------
<PAGE>
 
                   SELECTED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA (cont.)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
 
                                        At or For the Year Ended March 31,
                                    -------------------------------------------
                                      1997     1996     1995     1994     1993
                                    -------  -------  -------  -------  -------
<S>                                 <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>
Key Operating Ratios and Other
 Data:
Return on average assets (net
 earnings divided by average 
 total assets)/1/.................     .29%     .58%     .69%     .91%     .44%
Return on average equity (net
 earnings divided by average 
 equity)/1/.......................    3.08     6.32     7.74    12.77     7.88
Average equity to average assets
 ratio............................    9.32     9.21     8.92     7.12     5.57
Equity to assets at period end....    9.17     9.20     9.06     8.50     5.80
Interest rate spread (difference
 between average yield on 
 interest-earning assets and 
 average cost of interest-
  bearing liabilities)............    3.03     2.92     3.18     3.32     2.92
Net interest margin (net interest
 income as a percentage of average
   interest-earning assets).......    3.40     3.30     3.51     3.62     3.07
General, administrative and other
  expense to average assets/1,2/..    3.07     2.57     2.54     2.48     2.38
Non-performing loans to loans
  receivable, net.................     .46     1.01      .83      .24      .29
Non-performing assets to total
 assets...........................     .70     1.35      .70      .19     1.11
Average interest-earning assets to
  average interest-bearing
   liabilities....................  108.35   108.48   108.16   106.98   102.91
Allowance for loan losses to
  non-performing loans............   95.01    42.57    58.32   214.54   162.81
Allowance for loan losses to
  non-performing assets...........   51.61    26.41    57.74   214.54    32.43
Net interest income after
 provision for loan losses, to 
 general, administrative and other 
 expense/1,2/.....................  106.60   124.77   133.65   140.77   121.98
Number of full-service offices....       6        6        6        6        6
</TABLE>
/1/ The fiscal year ended March 31, 1997 includes a one-time charge of $1.3
million to recapitalize the SAIF and a $113,000 write-off of certain fixed
assets relating to construction of a new facility at the existing Cleveland Road
location. Without these charges, the operating ratios would be as follows:
<TABLE> 
<S>                                 <C> 
Return on average assets..........     .67%
Return on average equity..........    7.26%
General, administrative and other
 expense to average assets........    2.48%
Net interest income after provision 
for loan losses, to general, 
administrative and other expense..  131.91%
</TABLE> 
/2/ In calculating this ratio, general, administrative and other expense does
not include provisions for losses/gains on the sale of real estate acquired
through foreclosure.

- ------------------------------------- 15 ---------------------------------------
<PAGE>
 
                     MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

               OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

General

  The Company's net earnings are primarily dependent on its net interest income,
which is the difference between interest income earned on its loan, mortgage-
backed securities, and investment portfolios, and its cost of funds consisting
of interest paid on deposits and borrowings. The Company's net earnings also are
affected by its provision for loan losses, as well as the amount of other
income, including fees and service charges, and general, administrative and
other expense, such as salaries and employee benefits, deposit insurance
premiums, occupancy and equipment costs, and income taxes. Earnings of the
Company also are affected significantly by general economic and competitive
conditions, particularly changes in market interest rates, government policies,
and actions of regulatory authorities.

Business Strategy

  The Company's current business strategy is to operate as a well-capitalized,
profitable and independent community-oriented savings association dedicated to
financing home ownership and providing quality service to its customers. The
Company has sought to implement this strategy in recent years by: (1) closely
monitoring the needs of customers and providing personal, quality customer
service; (2) emphasizing the origination of one- to four-family residential
mortgage loans and consumer loans in the Company's market area; (3) reducing
interest rate risk exposure by better matching asset and liability maturities
and rates; (4) maintaining high asset quality; (5) maintaining a strong retail
deposit base; and (6) maintaining capital in excess of regulatory requirements.

Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

  General. The earnings of the Company depend primarily on its level of net
interest income, which is the difference between interest earned on the
Company's interest-earning assets and the interest paid on interest-bearing
liabilities. Net interest income is substantially affected by the Company's
interest rate spread, which is the difference between the average yield earned
on interest-earning assets and the average rate paid on interest-bearing
liabilities, as well as by the average balance of interest-earning assets as
compared to interest-bearing liabilities. The Company reported net earnings of
$709,000, $1.4 million and $1.6 million for fiscal years ended March 31, 1997,
1996 and 1995, respectively.

  In addition to the historical information contained herein, the following
discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and
uncertainties. Economic circumstances, the Company's operations and actual
results could differ significantly from those discussed in the forward-looking
statements. Some of the factors that could cause or contribute to such
differences are discussed herein but also include changes in the economy and
interest rates in the nation and the Company's general market area. The forward-
looking statements contained herein include, but are not limited to, those with
respect to the following matters: (1) management's determination of the amount
of allowance for loan losses; (2) the effect of changes in interest rates; (3)
changes in deposit insurance premiums; (4) management's opinion as to the
effects of recent accounting pronouncements on the Company's consolidated
financial statements.

  Interest Income. Interest income totaled $18.7 million for the fiscal year
ended March 31, 1997, an increase of $391,000, or 2.1% over interest income of
$18.3 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1996. The increase was
primarily due to an increase in the average yield on interest-earning assets, to
7.85% for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1997, from 7.77% for the fiscal year
ended March 31, 1996, and by a $2.5 million, or 1.1% increase in average
interest-earning assets from $236.0 million to $238.5 million. Interest income
on loans receivable for the year ended March 31, 1997 totaled $17.1 million, an
increase of $419,000, or 2.5% over the previous year. This increase resulted
from an increase in the average loans receivable balance from $206.8 million to
$209.2 million and an increase in the average yield from 8.05% to 8.15%.
Interest income on mortgage-backed securities decreased by $50,000, or 34.0%,
from $147,000 to $97,000. This decrease was caused by a $1.4 million decrease in
the average balance of mortgage-backed securities, which was partially offset by
the yield increasing from 5.36% to 7.15%. Interest income on investment
securities decreased by $45,000, or 5.3%, from $850,000 to $805,000. This
decrease was caused by a $1.3 million, or 9.5%, decrease in the average balance
of investment securities, which was partially offset by an increase in the yield
on those securities from 6.04% to 6.31%. The decrease in the average balance is
a result of using proceeds from maturing securities to fund loan growth. The
increase in yield is due to the increase in short term interest rates over the
past year. Interest income from interest bearing deposits increased by $67,000,
or 9.7%, from $691,000 to $758,000. The increase was caused by an increase of
$2.8 million in the average balance outstanding, which was partially offset by a
decrease in the yield from 5.58% to 5.00%. The increase in the average balance
outstanding is a result of short term investment of deposit growth. The decrease
in the yield is due to the decrease in short term interest rates over the past
year.

  Interest income totaled $18.3 million for the fiscal year ended March 31,
1996, an increase of $968,000, or 5.6%, over interest income of $17.4 million
for the fiscal year ended

- ------------------------------------- 16 ---------------------------------------
<PAGE>
 
March 31, 1995. The increase was primarily due to an increase in the average
yield on interest-earning assets to 7.77% for the fiscal year ended March 31,
1996, from 7.50% for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1995, coupled with a $4.6
million, or 2.0%, increase in average interest-earning assets from $231.4
million to $236.0 million. Interest income on loans receivable for the year
ended March 31, 1996 totaled $16.6 million, an increase of $1.3 million, or
8.2%, over the previous year. This increase resulted from an increase in the
average loans receivable balance from $192.8 million in fiscal 1995 to $206.8
million in fiscal 1996 and an increase in the average yield from 7.98% to 8.05%.
Interest income on mortgage-backed securities decreased by $46,000, or 23.8%,
from $193,000 for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1995 to $147,000 for fiscal
1996. This decrease was caused by a decrease in the average balance of $580,000
and the yield decreasing from 5.81% to 5.36%. Interest income on investment
securities decreased by $68,000, or 7.4% from $918,000 in fiscal 1995 to
$850,000 in fiscal 1996. This decrease resulted from a $3.5 million, or 20.1%,
decrease in the average balance of investment securities, which was partially
offset by an increase in the yield on those securities from 5.21% in 1995 to
6.04% in 1996. The decrease in the average balance was a result of using
proceeds from maturing securities to fund loan growth. The increase in yield was
due to the increase in short term interest rates during fiscal 1996. Interest
income from interest bearing deposits decreased by $178,000, or 20.5%, from
$869,000 in 1995 to $691,000 in 1996. The decrease was caused by a decrease of
$5.3 million in the average balance outstanding, which was partially offset by
an increase in the yield from 4.92% to 5.58%. The decrease in the average
balance outstanding was due to using a portion of these deposits to fund loan
growth. The increase in the yield was also due to the increase in short term
interest rates over fiscal 1996.

  Interest Expense. Interest expense for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1997
totaled $10.6 million, an increase of $69,000, or .7% over interest expense of
$10.5 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1996. The increase was a
result of an increase in the average interest-bearing liabilities to $220.1
million from $217.5 million, which was partially offset by a decrease in the
average cost of funds, to 4.82% in the current year from 4.85% in the previous
fiscal year. Interest expense on deposits increased by $233,000, or 2.4%, to
$10.0 million from $9.8 million in the previous fiscal year. This increase was
caused by a $3.9 million increase in the average deposits outstanding, from
$204.4 million for fiscal 1996 to $208.3 million in fiscal 1997 and an increase
in the average cost of deposits to 4.80% from 4.78%. Interest expense on
borrowings for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1997 was $604,000, a decrease of
$164,000 from the previous fiscal year. The decrease was due to an $1.3 million
decrease in the average balance outstanding and a decrease in the average cost
of borrowings to 5.10% from 5.83%.

  Interest expense for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1996 totaled $10.5
million, an increase of $1.3 million, or 14.0% over interest expense of $9.2
million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1995. The increase was a result of
an increase in the average cost of funds to 4.85% in fiscal 1996 from 4.32% in
the previous fiscal year, and an increase in the average interest-bearing
liabilities to $217.5 million from $213.9 million. Interest expense on deposits
increased by $775,000, or 8.6%, to $9.8 million from $9.0 million in the
previous fiscal year. This increase was caused by an increase in the cost of
deposits to 4.78% from 4.30%, which was partially offset by a decrease in the
average balance of deposits outstanding to $204.4 million from $209.2 million.
Interest expense on borrowings for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1996 totaled
$768,000, an increase of $517,000 over the previous fiscal year. The increase
was due to an $8.4 million increase in the average balance outstanding and an
increase in the average cost of borrowings to 5.83% from 5.26%.

  Net Interest Income. Net interest income totaled $8.1 million for the year
ended March 31, 1997, an increase of $322,000, or 4.1%, over net interest income
of $7.8 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1996. The increase in net
interest income resulted primarily from the increase in the Company's average
yield on loans to 8.15% for the year ended March 31, 1997 from 8.05% for the
year ended March 31, 1996.

  Net interest income totaled $7.8 million for the year ended March 31, 1996, a
decrease of $324,000 or 4.0%, from net interest income of $8.1 million for the
fiscal year ended March 31, 1995. The decrease in net interest income resulted
primarily from the reduction in the Company's net interest rate spread to 2.92%
for the year ended March 31, 1996 from 3.18% for the year ended March 31, 1995,
which was partially offset by an improvement in the Company's ratio of average
interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities to 108.5% from
108.2%.

  Provision for Loan Losses. The Company maintains an allowance for loan losses
based on prior loss experience, the level of non-performing and problem loans in
the portfolio, and the potential effects on the portfolio of general economic
conditions. The Company's allowance for loan losses was $914,000, or .44% of
loans receivable at March 31, 1997, $888,000, or .43% of loans receivable at
March 31, 1996, and $981,000, or .49% of loans receivable at March 31, 1995. The
Company maintained its provision for loan losses at $20,000 for fiscal years
ended March 31, 1997, and 1996, primarily because management has deemed the
level of valuation allowances adequate given the risk inherent in the loan
portfolio and management's assessment of the

- ------------------------------------- 17 ---------------------------------------
<PAGE>
 
                  MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS (cont.)

collateral securing non-performing loans. The Company decreased its provision
for loan losses to $20,000 for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1996, from
$25,000 for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1995, primarily as a result of the
Company's low level of non-performing loans during fiscal 1997.

  At March 31, 1997, 1996, and 1995, respectively, the Company's loss allowance
was primarily composed of $684,000, $878,000, and $966,000, of general allowance
as defined by Office of Thrift Supervision ("OTS") regulations. The breakdown of
general loss allowances and specific loss allowances is made for regulatory
accounting only. General loan valuation allowances are added back to capital in
computing risk-based capital. Both general and specific loss allowances are
charged against earnings. The financial statements of the Company are prepared
in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles ("GAAP") and,
accordingly, provisions for loan losses are based on management's assessment of
the factors set forth above. The Company reviews on a monthly basis its loan
portfolio, including problem loans, to determine whether any loans require
classification and/or the establishment of appropriate allowances.

  Other Income. Other income, consisting primarily of gains on the sale of
loans, service fees and charges on deposit accounts decreased by $32,000, or
5.3%, to $575,000 for the year ended March 31, 1997, from $607,000 for the
fiscal year ended March 31, 1996. The decrease was primarily attributed to a
decrease of $33,000 in gain on sale of fixed-rate mortgage loans due to a lower
volume of sales during the fiscal year ended March 31, 1997. Fixed-rate mortgage
loans totaling $1.9 million were sold in the fiscal year ended March 31, 1997 as
compared to $3.1 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 1996.

  Other income increased by $118,000, or 24.1%, to $607,000 for the year ended
March 31, 1996, from $489,000 for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1995. The
increase was primarily attributable to an increase of $103,000 in gain on sale
of fixed-rate mortgage loans due to a higher volume of sales during the fiscal
year ended March 31, 1996, and a more favorable interest rate environment.

  General Administrative and Other Expense. General, administrative and other
expense, consisting primarily of employee compensation and benefits, occupancy
and equipment expense, federal deposit insurance premiums, and other operating
expenses, totaled $7.6 million for the year ended March 31, 1997, an increase of
$1.4 million, or 22.6% over fiscal 1996. The increase was primarily attributed
to a $1.2 million, or 230.7%, increase in federal deposit insurance premiums and
a $165,000 increase in loss on disposition of office premises and equipment. The
increase in federal deposit insurance premiums was due to the one-time special
assessment to recapitalize the Savings Association Insurance Fund ("SAIF"). The
assessment was finalized at $.657 per $100 of deposits as of March 31, 1995,
which amounted to $1.3 million, or $887,000 after taxes for the Company. The
increase in loss on disposition of office premises and equipment was due to the
write-off of certain fixed assets relating to the construction of the new
facility at the Cleveland Road branch.

  General, administrative and other expense, totaled $6.2 million for the year
ended March 31, 1996, an increase of $138,000, or 2.3%. The increase was
primarily attributed to a $115,000, or 70.6%, increase in franchise taxes and a
$72,000, or 2.2%, increase in employee compensation and benefits, which were
partially offset by a $46,000, or 5.3% decrease in occupancy and equipment
expense and a $36,000, or 100% increase in gain on disposition of office
premises and equipment. The increase in franchise taxes was caused by continued
growth in the Company's equity capital. The increase in employee compensation
and benefits was due primarily to normal merit adjustments coupled with a
reduction in deferred loan origination costs as a result of decreased lending
volume. The decline in occupancy and equipment expense was primarily attributed
to decreased data processing costs resulting from the Company's conversion to an
in-house system. The gain on disposition of office premises is related to the
sale of teller equipment which was replaced when the Company converted to an in-
house data processing system.

  Income Taxes. The provision for income taxes totaled $367,000 for the year
ended March 31, 1997, compared to $774,000 for the year ended March 31, 1996.
The decrease in income taxes reflected the lower levels of pre-tax earnings for
the period ended March 31, 1997.

  The provision for income taxes totaled $774,000 for the year ended March 31,
1996, compared to $882,000 for the year ended March 31, 1995. The decrease in
income taxes generally reflected the lower levels of pre-tax earnings for the
period ended March 31, 1996.

- ------------------------------------- 18 ---------------------------------------
<PAGE>
 
Average Balance Sheet

  The following table sets forth certain information relating to the Company's
average balance sheet and reflects the average yield on assets and average cost
of liabilities for the periods indicated and the average yields earned and rates
paid. Such yields and costs are derived by dividing income or expense by the
average balance of assets or liabilities, respectively, for the periods
presented. Average balances are derived from month-end balances. Management does
not believe that the use of month-end balances instead of daily average balances
has caused any material difference in the information presented.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
 
                                                                      Year Ended March 31,
                              ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                            1997                               1996                             1995
                              ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              Average                  Average     Average               Average    Average               Average
                              Balance     Interest    Yield/Cost   Balance   Interest  Yield/Cost   Balance   Interest  Yield/Cost
                              --------    ---------   ----------   -------   -------   ----------   -------   --------  ----------
                                                                     (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                           <C>         <C>         <C>          <C>       <C>       <C>          <C>       <C>       <C>
Interest-earning assets:
 Loans receivable, net.....    $209,219     $17,059         8.15%  $206,775   $16,640        8.05%  $192,764   $15,380        7.98%
 Mortgage-backed
  securities/1/............       1,357          97         7.15      2,740       147        5.36      3,320       193        5.81
 Investment securities.....      12,750         805         6.31     14,083       850        6.04     17,632       918        5.21
 Interest-bearing
  deposits/2/..............      15,171         758         5.00     12,381       691        5.58     17,663       869        4.92
                               --------     -------     --------   --------   -------    --------   --------   -------    --------
   Total interest-earning
    assets.................     238,497      18,719         7.85    235,979    18,328        7.77    231,379    17,360        7.50
                                            -------     --------              -------    --------              -------    --------
Non-interest-earning assets       8,553                               6,422                            6,449
                               --------                            --------                         --------
  Total assets.............    $247,050                            $242,401                         $237,828
                               ========                            ========                         ========
Interest-bearing liabilities:
 Deposits..................    $208,289      10,006         4.80   $204,353     9,773        4.78   $209,151     8,998        4.30
 Borrowings................      11,835         604         5.10     13,176       768        5.83      4,772       251        5.26
                               --------     -------     --------   --------    -------    --------   -------   -------    --------
  Total interest-bearing
   liabilities.............     220,124      10,610         4.82    217,529    10,541        4.85    213,923     9,249        4.32
                                            -------     --------              -------    --------              -------    --------
Non-interest-bearing
 liabilities...............       3,901                               2,559                            2,689
                               --------                            -------                          --------
  Total liabilities........     224,025                             220,088                          216,612
Stockholders' equity.......      23,025                              22,313                           21,216
                               --------                            --------                         --------
  Total liabilities and
   stockholders' equity....    $247,050                            $242,401                         $237,828
                               ========                            ========                         ========
Net interest income........                 $ 8,109                           $ 7,787                          $ 8,111
                                            =======                           =======                          =======
Interest rate spread/3/....                                 3.03%                            2.92%                            3.18%
                                                        ========                         ========                         ========
Net yield on interest-
 earning assets/4/.........                                 3.40%                            3.30%                            3.51%
                                                        ========                         ========                         ========
Ratio of average interest-
 earning assets to average
 interest-bearing
 liabilities...............                               108.35%                          108.48%                          108.16%
                                                        ========                         ========                         ========
</TABLE>

/1/ Includes mortgage-backed securities designated as available for sale.

/2/ Includes federal funds sold and interest-bearing deposits in other financial
    institutions.

/3/ Interest rate spread represents the difference between the average yield on
    interest-earning assets and the average cost of interest-bearing
    liabilities.

/4/ Net yield on interest-earning assets represents net interest income as a
    percentage of average interest-earning assets.

- ------------------------------------- 19 ---------------------------------------
<PAGE>
 
                 MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS (cont.)

Rate/Volume Analysis

   The table below sets forth certain information regarding changes in interest
income and interest expense of the Company for the periods indicated.  For each
category of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities,
information is provided on changes attributable to (i) changes in average volume
(changes in average volume multiplied by old rate); (ii) changes in rate (change
in rate multiplied by old average volume); (iii) changes in rate-volume (changes
in rate multiplied by the change in average volume) which have been allocated
proportionately between changes in rate and changes in volume; and (iv) the net
change.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       Year Ended March 31,
                                        ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    1997 vs. 1996                                1996 vs. 1995
                                        -------------------------------------        -------------------------------------
                                          Increase (Decrease)        Total             Increase (Decrease)        Total
                                                Due to              Increase                 Due to              Increase 
                                        ------------------------                     ------------------------
                                         Volume           Rate     (Decrease)         Volume           Rate     (Decrease)
                                        --------        --------   ----------        --------        --------    -------- 
                                                                          (In thousands)
<S>                                     <C>            <C>         <C>               <C>            <C>         <C>
Interest income attributable to:                                             
 Loans receivable.....................  $    204        $    215   $      419        $  1,127        $    133    $  1,260 
 Mortgage-backed securities...........       (87)             37          (50)            (32)            (14)        (46)
 Other interest-earning assets........        61             (39)          22            (489)            243        (246)
                                        --------        --------   ----------        --------        --------    -------- 
  Total interest-earning assets.......       178             213          391             606             362         968 
Interest expense attributable to:                                            
 Deposits.............................       190              43          233            (210)            985         775 
 Borrowings...........................       (74)            (90)        (164)            487              30         517 
                                        --------        --------   ----------        --------        --------    -------- 
  Total interest-bearing liabilities..       116             (47)          69            (277)          1,015       1,292 
                                        --------        --------   ----------        --------        --------    -------- 
 Increase (decrease) in                                                      
   net interest income................  $     62        $    260   $      322        $    329        $    653    $   (324)
                                        ========        ========   ==========        ========        ========    ======== 
</TABLE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Asset and Liability Management-Interest Rate Sensitivity Analysis

   The matching of assets and liabilities may be analyzed by examining the
extent to which such assets and liabilities are "interest rate sensitive" and by
monitoring an institution's interest rate sensitivity "gap." An asset or
liability is said to be interest rate sensitive within a specific time period if
it will mature or reprice within that time period. The interest rate sensitivity
gap is defined as the difference between the amount of interest-earning assets
maturing or repricing within a specific time period and the amount of interest-
bearing liabilities maturing or repricing within that time period. A gap is
considered positive when the amount of interest rate sensitive assets exceeds
the amount of interest rate sensitive liabilities. A gap is considered negative
when the amount of interest rate sensitive liabilities exceeds the amount of
interest rate sensitive assets. During a period of rising interest rates, a
negative gap would tend to adversely affect net interest income while a positive
gap would tend to positively affect net interest income. Similarly, during a
period of falling interest rates, a negative gap would tend to positively affect
net interest income while a positive gap would tend to adversely affect net
interest income.

   The Company's policy in recent years has been to reduce its exposure to
interest rate risk generally by better matching the maturities of its interest
rate sensitive assets and liabilities and by originating adjustable rate
mortgage ("ARM") loans and other adjustable rate or short-term loans, as well as
by purchasing short-term investments. However, particularly in a low interest
rate environment, which currently exists, borrowers typically prefer fixed rate
loans to ARM loans. Accordingly, ARM loan originations were very limited during
the fiscal year ended March 31, 1997. The Company seeks to lengthen the
maturities of its deposits by promoting longer-term certificates; however, the
Company has not been successful in lengthening the maturities of its deposits in
the current low interest rate environment. The Company also negotiates interest
rates on certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more.

   The Company has an Asset-Liability Management Committee which is responsible
for reviewing the Company's assets and liability policies. The Committee meets
weekly and reports monthly to the Board of Directors on interest rate risks and
trends, as well as liquidity and capital ratios and requirements. The Board of
Directors has adopted a policy that requires the Company to maintain a gap
between negative 10% and positive 10%. As of March 31, 1997, based on internal
calculations, the Company's gap position was within the approved range.

- -------------------------------------- 20 --------------------------------------
<PAGE>
 
Liquidity and Capital Resources

   The Company is required to maintain minimum levels of liquid assets as
defined by OTS regulations. This requirement, which varies from time to time
depending upon economic conditions and deposit flows, is based upon a percentage
of deposits and short-term borrowings. The required ratio currently is 5%. The
Company's liquidity ratio averaged 15.3% during the month of March 1997 and
13.1% during the fiscal year ended March 31, 1997. The Company adjusts liquidity
as appropriate to meet its asset and liability management objectives.

   The Company's primary sources of funds are deposits, amortization and
prepayment of loans and mortgage-backed securities, maturities of investment
securities and other short-term investments, and earnings and funds provided
from operations. While scheduled principal repayments on loans and mortgage-
backed securities are a relatively predictable source of funds, deposit flows
and loan prepayments are greatly influenced by general interest rates, economic
conditions, and competition. The Company manages the pricing of its deposits to
maintain a desired level of deposits and cost of funds. In addition, the Company
invests excess funds in federal funds, and other short-term interest-earning and
other assets, which provide liquidity to meet lending requirements. Federal
funds sold and other assets qualifying for liquidity outstanding at March 31,
1997, 1996, and 1995, amounted to $32.3 million, $30.9 million, and $30.7
million, respectively. For additional information about cash flows from the
Company's operating, financing, and investing activities, see Statements of Cash
Flows included in the Financial Statements.

   A major portion of the Company's liquidity consists of cash and cash
equivalents, which are a product of its operating, investing, and financing
activities. The primary sources of cash were net earnings, principal repayments
on loans and mortgage-backed securities, and increases in deposit accounts.

   Liquidity management is both a daily and long-term function of business
management. If the Company requires funds beyond its ability to generate them
internally, borrowing agreements exist with the Federal Home Loan Bank ("FHLB")
which provide an additional source of funds. At March 31, 1997, the Company had
$16.0 million in outstanding advances from the FHLB.

   At March 31, 1997, the Company had outstanding loan commitments of $2.1
million. This amount does not include the unfunded portion of loans in process.
Certificates of deposit scheduled to mature in less than one year at March 31,
1997, totaled $99.7 million. Based on prior experience, management believes that
a significant portion of such deposits will remain with the Company.

Impact of Inflation and Changing Prices

   The financial statements of the Company and notes thereto, presented
elsewhere herein, have been prepared in accordance with GAAP, which requires the
measurement of financial position and operating results in terms of historical
dollars without considering the change in the relative purchasing power of money
over time and due to inflation. The impact of inflation is reflected in the
increased cost of the Company's operations. Unlike most industrial companies,
nearly all the assets and liabilities of the Company are monetary. As a result,
interest rates have a greater impact on the Company's performance than do the
effects of general levels of inflation. Interest rates do not necessarily move
in the same direction or to the same extent as the price of goods and services.

Impact of New Accounting Standards

   In October 1995, the Financial Accounting Standard Board ("FASB") issued
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 123, "Accounting for
Stock-Based Compensation," establishing financial accounting and reporting
standards for stock-based employee compensation plans. SFAS No. 123 encourages
all entities to adopt a new method of accounting to measure compensation cost of
all employee stock compensation plans based on the estimated fair value of the
award at the date it is granted. Companies are, however, allowed to continue to
measure compensation cost for those plans using the intrinsic value based method
of accounting, which generally does not result in compensation expense
recognition for most plans.

   Companies that elect to remain with the existing accounting are required to
disclose in a footnote to the financial statements pro forma net earnings and,
if presented, earnings per share, as if SFAS No. 123 had been adopted. The
accounting requirements of SFAS No. 123 are effective for transactions entered
into during fiscal years that begin after December 15, 1995; however, companies
are required to disclose information for awards granted in their first fiscal
year beginning after December 15, 1994. Management has determined that the
Company will continue to account for stock-based compensation pursuant to
Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25 and, therefore, the disclosure
provision of SFAS No. 123 will have no effect on its financial condition or
results of operations.

   In June 1996, the FASB issued SFAS No. 125, "Accounting for Transfers of
Financial Assets, Servicing Rights, and Extinguishment of Liabilities", that
provides accounting guidance on transfers of financial assets, servicing of
financial assets, and extinguishment of liabilities. SFAS No. 125 introduces an
approach to accounting for transfers of financial assets that provides a means
of dealing with more complex transactions in which the seller disposes of only a
partial interest in the assets, retains rights or obligations,

- -------------------------------------- 21 --------------------------------------
<PAGE>
 
                 MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS (cont.)

makes use of special purpose entities in the transaction, or otherwise has
continuing involvement with the transferred assets. The new accounting method,
the financial components approach, provides that the carrying amount of the
financial assets transferred be allocated to components of the transaction based
on their relative fair values. SFAS No. 125 provides criteria for determining
whether control of assets has been relinquished and whether a sale has occurred.
If the transfer does not qualify as a sale, it is accounted for as a secured
borrowing. Transactions subject to the provisions of SFAS No. 125 include, among
others, transfers involving repurchase agreements, securitizations of financial
assets, loan participations, factoring arrangements, and transfers of
receivables with recourse.

   An entity that undertakes an obligation to service financial assets
recognizes either a servicing asset or liability or the servicing contract
(unless related to a securitization of assets, and all the securitized assets
are retained and classified as held-to-maturity). A servicing asset or liability
that is purchased or assumed is initially recognized at its fair value.
Servicing assets and liabilities are amortized in proportion to and over the
period of estimated net servicing income or net servicing loss and are subject
to subsequent assessments for impairment based on fair value.

   SFAS No. 125 provides that a liability is removed from the balance sheet only
if the debtor either pays the creditor and is relieved of its obligation for the
liability or is legally released from being the primary obligor.

   SFAS No. 125 is effective for transfers and servicing of financial assets and
extinguishment of liabilities occurring after December 31, 1997, and is to be
applied prospectively. Earlier or retroactive application is not permitted.
Management does not believe that adoption of SFAS No. 125 will have a material
effect on the Company's financial position or results or operations.

   In February 1997, the FASB issued SFAS No. 128, "Earnings Per Share," which
requires companies to present basic earnings per share and, if applicable,
diluted earnings per share, instead of primary and fully diluted earnings per
share, respectively. Basic earnings per share is computed without including
potential common shares, i.e., no dilutive effect. Diluted earnings per share is
computed taking into consideration common shares outstanding and dilutive
potential common shares, including options, warrants, convertible securities and
contingent stock agreements. SFAS No. 128 is effective for periods ending after
December 15, 1997. Early application is not permitted. Based upon the provisions
of SFAS No. 128, the Company's basic and diluted earnings per share for the year
ended March 31, 1997 would have each been $.32.


                            STOCKHOLDER INFORMATION
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Annual Meeting

   The Annual Meeting of Stockholders will be held at 
10:00 a.m. on July 24, 1997, at the Black Tie Affair 
Conference Center, 50 Riffel Road, Wooster, Ohio.

Special Counsel

Luse Lehman Gorman Pomerenk & Schick
5335 Wisconsin Avenue NW
Washington, D.C. 20015

Independent Auditors

Grant Thornton LLP
625 Eden Park Drive
Suite 900
Cincinnati, Ohio 45202

Transfer Agent

Chase Mellon Shareholder Services
Challenger Road
Overpeck Centre
Ridgefield Park, New Jersey 07660

Annual Report on Form 10-KSB

   A copy of the Association's Form 10-KSB for the 
fiscal year ended March 31, 1997, will be furnished 
without charge to stockholders as of June 13, 1997, upon
written request to the Corporate Secretary, The 
Wayne Savings and Loan Company, 151 North Market 
Street, Wooster, Ohio 44691 (330) 264-5767.

Investor Information

Executive Offices
The Wayne Savings and Loan Company
151 N. Market Street . P.O. Box 858
Wooster, Ohio 44691
(330) 264-5767

- -------------------------------------- 22 --------------------------------------
<PAGE>
 
                       COMMON STOCK AND RELATED MATTERS


   Effective June 23, 1993, the Company reorganized from mutual to stock form
and established Wayne Savings Bankshares, M.H.C., a mutual holding company (the
"Holding Company"). The Company's initial public offering of Common Stock closed
on June 23, 1993. Shares of Common Stock were issued and sold in that offering
at $5.77 (adjusted) per share. On June 12, 1997 and June 11, 1996, the Company
paid a three-for-two stock split and a 5% stock dividend, respectively.
References herein to an adjusted number of shares or price per share reflect an
adjustment due to these stock distributions.

   The Company's Common Stock trades over-the-counter on the Nasdaq SmallCap
Market using the symbol "WAYN." The following table sets forth the high and low
trading prices of the Company's Common Stock (adjusted) during the two most
recent fiscal years, together with the cash dividends declared (adjusted).

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Fiscal Year Ended                           Cash Dividends
March 31, 1996        High       Low           Declared
- ----------------     ------     ------      --------------
<S>                  <C>        <C>         <C>
First quarter        $12.07     $11.43           $.127
Second quarter        12.70      11.43            .127
Third quarter         14.60      12.70            .140
Fourth quarter        14.60      13.65            .140

<CAPTION>  
 
Fiscal Year Ended                           Cash Dividends
March 31, 1997        High       Low              Declared
- ----------------     ------     ------      --------------
First quarter        $14.67     $13.33           $.147
Second quarter        13.33      12.67            .153
Third quarter         16.33      12.83            .153
Fourth quarter        18.17      15.83            .153
</TABLE>

   As of April 10, 1997, the Company had 852 stockholders of record and
2,247,993 outstanding shares (adjusted) of Common Stock. This does not reflect
the number of persons whose stock is in nominee or "street" name accounts
through brokers.

   Payment of dividends on the Common Stock is subject to determination and
declaration by the Board of Directors and will depend upon a number of factors,
including capital requirements, regulatory limitations on the payment of
dividends, the Company's results of operations and financial condition, tax
considerations and general economic conditions. No assurance can be given that
dividends will be declared or, if declared, what the amount of dividends will
be, or whether such dividends, once declared, will continue.

   OTS regulations impose limitations upon all "capital distributions" by
savings associations, including cash dividends, payments by a savings
association to repurchase or otherwise acquire its stock, payments to
stockholders of another savings association in a cash-out merger, and other
distributions charged against capital. The regulations establish a three-tiered
system of regulation, with the greatest flexibility being afforded to well-
capitalized or Tier 1 savings associations. As of the date hereof, the Company
was a Tier 1 association. Accordingly, under the OTS capital distribution
regulations, the Company would be permitted to pay dividends during any calendar
year up to 100 percent of its net income during that calendar year, plus the
amount that would reduce by one-half its surplus capital ratio at the beginning
of the calendar year.

   In addition to the foregoing, earnings of the Company appropriated to bad
debt reserves and deducted for federal income tax purposes are not available for
payment of cash dividends or other distributions to stockholders without payment
of taxes at the then-current tax rate by the Company on the amount of earnings
removed from the reserves for such distributions. The Company intends to make
full use of this favorable tax treatment and does not contemplate any
distribution by the Company in a manner that would limit the Company's bad debt
deduction or create federal tax liability.

   Regulations of the OTS governing mutual holding companies permit the Holding
Company to waive the receipt by it of any dividend declared by the Company on
the Common Stock, provided that OTS does not object to such waiver. The Holding
Company has and currently intends to continue to seek OTS approval in order to
waive its share of dividends declared on the Common Stock.

- -------------------------------------- 23 --------------------------------------
<PAGE>
 
              REPORT OF INDEPENDENT CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS


                                                       Suite 900
                                                       625 Eden Park Drive
                                                       Cincinnati, OH 45202-4181
                                                       513 762-5000
                                                       FAX 513 241-6125

                   [GRANT THORNTON LETTERHEAD APPEARS HERE]


              Report of Independent Certified Public Accountants
              --------------------------------------------------

Board of Directors
The Wayne Savings and Loan Company

We have audited the accompanying statements of financial condition of The Wayne
Savings and Loan Company as of March 31, 1997 and 1996, and the related
statements of earnings, stockholders' equity and cash flows for each of the
three years ended March 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995. These financial statements are
the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express
an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects, the financial position of The Wayne Savings and Loan
Company as of March 31, 1997 and 1996, and the results of its operations and its
cash flows for each of the three years ended March 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995, in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.


/s/ Grant Thornton LLP

Cincinnati, Ohio
May 20, 1997

- -------------------------------------- 24 --------------------------------------
<PAGE>
 
                       STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

                                As of March 31,
                 (Dollars in thousands, except per share data) 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
 
                                                             1997       1996
                                                           --------   --------
<S>                                                        <C>        <C>
ASSETS
Cash and due from banks..................................  $  1,302   $  1,220 
Federal funds sold.......................................     1,125      2,475 
Interest-bearing deposits in other financial 
 institutions............................................     5,179      6,495 
                                                           --------   --------
    Cash and cash equivalents............................     7,606     10,190 
Certificates of deposit in other financial institutions..     7,500      5,000 
Investment securities -- at amortized cost, approximate
 market value of $16,904 and $14,687 as of 
 March 31, 1997 and 1996.................................    16,970     14,675 
Mortgage-backed securities designated as available for
 sale -- at market.......................................       378        434 
Mortgage-backed securities held to maturity -- at cost,
 approximate market value of $497 and $1,497 as of 
 March 31, 1997 and 1996.................................       495      1,495 
Loans receivable -- net..................................   209,404    206,513 
Office premises and equipment -- at depreciated cost.....     3,991      3,665 
Real estate acquired through foreclosure -- net..........       809      1,277 
Federal Home Loan Bank stock -- at cost..................     2,531      2,362 
Accrued interest receivable on loans.....................     1,139      1,196 
Accrued interest receivable on mortgage-backed 
 securities..............................................         7         12 
Accrued interest receivable on investments and
 interest-bearing deposits...............................       226        245 
Prepaid expenses and other assets........................       790      1,299 
Prepaid federal income taxes.............................       329         62 
Deferred federal income taxes............................      --           78 
                                                           --------   --------
    Total assets.........................................  $252,175   $248,503 
                                                           ========   ========
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Deposits.................................................  $211,442   $210,158 
Advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank.................    16,000     14,000 
Loan payable to Employee Stock Ownership Plan............        35        125 
Advances by borrowers for taxes and insurance............       701        582 
Accrued interest payable.................................       226        192 
Accounts payable on mortgage loans serviced for others...       126        241 
Other liabilities........................................       382        353 
Deferred federal income taxes............................       148       -- 
                                                           --------   --------
    Total liabilities....................................   229,060    225,651 
Commitments..............................................      --         --
Stockholders' equity
Common stock (20,000,000 shares of $1.00 par value
 authorized; 1,498,889 and 1,423,514 shares issued and 
 outstanding at March 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively)...     1,499      1,424 
Additional paid-in capital...............................     5,844      4,407 
Retained earnings -- substantially restricted............    15,777     17,132 
Less required contributions for shares acquired by
 Employee Stock Ownership Plan...........................       (35)      (125)
Shares acquired by Management Recognition Plan...........      --          (15)
Unrealized gains on securities designated as available
 for sale, net of related tax effects....................        30         29
                                                           --------   --------
    Total stockholders' equity...........................    23,115     22,852 
                                                           --------   --------
    Total liabilities and stockholders' equity...........  $252,175   $248,503
                                                           ========   ========
</TABLE>

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.

- ------------------------------------- 25 ---------------------------------------
<PAGE>
 
                             STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS

                          For the year ended March 31,
                 (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
                                                   1997      1996       1995
                                                 -------    -------    -------
<S>                                              <C>       <C>        <C>
Interest income:
  Loans........................................   $17,059   $16,640    $15,380 
  Mortgage-backed securities...................        97       147        193 
  Investment securities........................       805       850        918 
  Interest-bearing deposits and other..........       758       691        869 
                                                  -------   -------    -------
     Total interest income.....................    18,719    18,328     17,360 
 
Interest expense:
  Deposits.....................................    10,006     9,773      8,998 
  Borrowings...................................       604       768        251 
                                                  -------   -------    -------
     Total interest expense....................    10,610    10,541      9,249 
                                                  -------   -------    -------
 
     Net interest income.......................     8,109     7,787      8,111 
Provision for losses on loans..................        20        20         25 
                                                  -------   -------    -------
     Net interest income after provision for
      losses on loans..........................     8,089     7,767      8,086 
 
Other income:
  Gain (loss) on sale of loans.................        56        89        (14)
  Gain on sale of real estate acquired through
   foreclosure.................................      --           9       --
  Service fees, charges and other operating....       519       509        503 
                                                  -------   -------    -------
     Total other income........................       575       607        489 
 
General, administrative and other expense:
  Employee compensation and benefits...........     3,271     3,284      3,212 
  Occupancy and equipment......................       789       828        874 
  Federal deposit insurance premiums...........     1,779       538        559 
  Franchise taxes..............................       291       278        163 
  (Gain) loss on disposition of office
   premises and equipment......................       129       (36)      --
  Other operating..............................     1,329     1,297      1,243 
                                                  -------   -------    -------
     Total general, administrative and other
      expense..................................     7,588     6,189      6,051 
                                                  -------   -------    -------
     Earnings before income taxes..............     1,076     2,185      2,524 
 
Federal income taxes:
  Current......................................       142       339      1,039 
  Deferred.....................................       225       435       (157)
                                                  -------   -------    -------
    Total federal income taxes.................       367       774        882 
                                                  -------   -------    -------
     NET EARNINGS..............................   $   709   $ 1,411    $ 1,642 
                                                  =======   =======    =======
     EARNINGS PER SHARE........................   $   .32   $   .64    $   .75 
                                                  =======   =======    =======
 
</TABLE>

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.

- ------------------------------------- 26 ---------------------------------------
<PAGE>
 
                       STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

               For the years ended March 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995
                 (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                   Unrealized gains
                                                                                                     (losses) on
                                                                                                      securities      Total
                                                      Additional               Shares     Shares    designated as    stock-
                                              Common    paid-in    Retained   acquired   acquired     available     holders'
                                              stock     capital    earnings    by ESOP    by MRP       for sale      equity
                                              ------   ---------   --------   --------    -------     ----------    --------
<S>                                           <C>     <C>          <C>        <C>        <C>       <C>              <C>
Balance at April 1, 1994....................  $1,275     $4,098    $15,443      $(323)     $(135)           --      $20,358 
Stock dividend..............................     128        --        (128)       --         --             --          --
Principal payments on loan to ESOP..........     --         --         --         103        --             --          103 
Amortization of Management Recognition Plan.     --          70        --         --          60            --          130 
Stock options exercised.....................       9         75        --         --         --             --           84 
Designation of securities as available for
 sale upon adoption of SFAS No. 115, net of 
 related tax effects........................     --         --         --         --         --              58          58 
Net earnings for the year ended
 March 31, 1995.............................     --         --       1,642        --         --             --        1,642 
Cash dividends of $.47 per share............     --         --        (493)       --         --             --         (493)
Unrealized losses on securities designated
 as available for sale, net of related
 tax effects................................     --         --         --         --         --             (22)        (22)
                                              ------     ------    -------     ------      -----         ------     -------
Balance at March 31, 1995...................   1,412      4,243     16,464       (220)       (75)            36      21,860 
Principal payments on loan to ESOP..........     --         --         --          95        --             --           95 
Amortization of Management Recognition Plan.     --          68        --         --          60            --          128 
Stock options exercised.....................      12         96        --         --         --             --          108 
Net earnings for the year ended
 March 31, 1996.............................     --         --       1,411        --         --             --        1,411 
Cash dividends of $.70 per share............     --         --        (743)       --         --             --         (743)
Unrealized losses on securities designated
 as available for sale, net of related
 tax effects................................     --         --         --         --         --              (7)         (7)
                                              ------     ------    -------     ------      -----         ------     -------
Balance at March 31, 1996...................   1,424      4,407     17,132       (125)       (15)            29      22,852 
Principal payments on loan to ESOP..........     --          57        --          90        --             --          147 
Amortization of Management Recognition Plan.     --         --         --         --          15            --           15 
Stock options exercised.....................       4          35       --         --         --             --           39 
Net earnings for the year ended
 March 31, 1997.............................     --         --         709        --         --             --          709 
Stock dividend..............................      71      1,345     (1,424)       --         --             --           (8)
Cash dividends of $.61 per share............     --         --        (640)       --         --             --         (640)
Unrealized gains on securities designated
 as available for sale, net of related
 tax effects................................     --         --         --         --         --               1           1 
                                              ------     ------    -------     ------      -----         ------     -------
Balance at March 31, 1997...................  $1,499     $5,844    $15,777      $ (35)     $ --          $   30     $23,115 
                                              ======     ======    =======     ======      =====         ======     =======
</TABLE>

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.

- ------------------------------------- 27 ---------------------------------------
<PAGE>
 
                           STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS


                         For the year ended March 31,
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                            1997        1996        1995
                                          --------    --------    --------
                                                   (In thousands)
<S>                                       <C>         <C>         <C>
Cash flows from operating
 activities:
 Net earnings for the year..............  $    709    $  1,411    $  1,642
 Adjustments to reconcile net
  earnings to net cash provided by 
  (used in) operating activities:
  Amortization of discounts and
   premiums on loans, investments and 
   mortgage-backed securities -- net....         2          72         210
  Amortization of deferred loan
   origination fees.....................      (338)       (342)       (447)
  Depreciation and amortization.........       402         213         235
  (Gain) loss on disposition of
   office premises and equipment........       129         (36)        --
  (Gain) loss on sale of loans..........       (27)        (43)         14
  Proceeds from sale of loans in
   the secondary market.................     1,957       3,141       1,385
  Loans originated for sale in the
   secondary market.....................    (1,901)     (3,103)       (263)
  Provision for losses on loans.........        20          20          25
  Gain on sale of real estate
   acquired through foreclosure.........       --           (9)        --
  Federal Home Loan Bank stock
   dividends............................      (169)       (157)       (131)
  Amortization expense of employee
   stock benefit plans..................        64         128         130
  Increase (decrease) in cash due
   to changes in:
   Accrued interest receivable on
    loans...............................        57          16           4
   Accrued interest receivable on
    mortgage-backed securities..........         5           5           8
   Accrued interest receivable on
    investments and interest-bearing 
    deposits............................        19         175         128
   Prepaid expenses and other assets....       509        (424)       (272)
   Accrued interest payable.............        34          86          55
   Accounts payable on mortgage
    loans serviced for others...........      (115)       (263)       (205)
   Other liabilities....................        29        (206)        (43)
   Federal income taxes
    Current.............................      (267)       (103)        614
    Deferred............................       225         435        (157)
                                          --------    --------    --------
      Net cash provided by
       operating activities.............     1,344       1,016       2,932

Cash flows provided by (used in)
 investing activities:
 Purchase of investment securities......   (10,000)     (5,032)     (6,979)
 Proceeds from the maturity of
  investment securities.................     7,713       7,030      11,006
 Principal repayments on
  mortgage-backed securities............     1,048         952       1,120
 Loan principal repayments..............    43,266      36,943      34,823
 Loan disbursements.....................   (45,868)    (42,549)    (54,441)
 Purchase of office premises and
  equipment.............................      (857)     (1,185)       (241)
 Proceeds from sale of office
  equipment.............................       --           55         --
 Proceeds from sale of real estate
  acquired through foreclosure..........       468          26         --
 (Increase) decrease in
  certificates of deposit in other
  financial institutions -- net.........    (2,500)      3,825       3,375
                                          --------    --------    --------
      Net cash provided by (used
       in) investing activities.........    (6,730)         65     (11,337)
                                          --------    --------    --------
      Net cash provided by (used
       in) operating and investing
       activities
       (balance carried forward)........    (5,386)      1,081      (8,405)
                                          --------    --------    --------
</TABLE>

- -------------------------------------- 28 --------------------------------------
<PAGE>
 
                       STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (cont.)


                         For the year ended March 31,
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                            1997         1996        1995
                                          --------     --------    --------
<S>                                       <C>          <C>         <C>
        Net cash provided by                        (In thousands)
         (used in) operating and
         investing activities (balance
         brought forward)...............  $ (5,386)    $ 1,081     $( 8,405)

Cash flows provided by (used in)
 financing activities:
  Net increase (decrease) in deposit
   accounts.............................     1,284        4,661     (11,376)
  Proceeds from Federal Home Loan Bank
   advances.............................    26,000       38,500      24,000
  Repayments of Federal Home Loan Bank
   advances.............................   (24,000)     (36,500)    (12,000)
  Advances by borrowers for taxes and
   insurance............................       119           10        (126)
  Dividends paid on common stock........      (640)        (743)       (493)
  Proceeds from the exercise of stock
   options..............................        39          108          84
                                          --------     --------    --------
        Net cash provided by financing
         activities.....................     2,802        6,036          89
                                          --------     --------    --------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash
 equivalents............................    (2,584)       7,117      (8,316)

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning
 of year................................    10,190        3,073      11,389
                                          --------     --------    --------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of
 year...................................  $  7,606     $ 10,190    $  3,073
                                          ========     ========    ========

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow
 information:
  Cash paid during the year for:
    Federal income taxes................  $    396     $    410    $    460
                                          ========     ========    ========
    Interest on deposits and borrowings.  $ 10,576     $ 10,455    $  9,194
                                          ========     ========    ========
Supplemental disclosure of noncash
 investing activities:
  Transfers from loans to real estate
   acquired through foreclosure.........  $   --       $  1,344    $     17
                                          ========     ========    ========
  Transfers of mortgage-backed
   securities to an available
   for sale classification..............  $   --       $   --      $    587
                                          ========     ========    ========
  Unrealized gains (losses) on
   securities designated as available
   for sale, net of related tax effects.  $      1     $     (7)   $    (22)
                                          ========     ========    ========
  Recognition of gains on sale of loans
   in accordance with SFAS No. 122......  $     29     $     46    $   --
                                          ========     ========    ========
</TABLE>

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.

- -------------------------------------- 29 --------------------------------------
<PAGE>
 
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


                         March 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995


                        NOTE A - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT
                              ACCOUNTING POLICIES

   The Wayne Savings and Loan Company (the "Company") conducts a general banking
business in north central Ohio which consists of attracting deposits from the
general public and applying those funds to the origination of loans for
residential, consumer and nonresidential purposes.  The Company's profitability
is significantly dependent on its net interest income, which is the difference
between interest income generated from interest-earning assets (i.e. loans and
investments) and the interest expense paid on interest-bearing liabilities (i.e.
customer deposits and borrowed funds).  Net interest income is affected by the
relative amount of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and
the interest received or paid on these balances.  The level of interest rates
paid or received by the Company can be significantly influenced by a number of
environmental factors, such as governmental monetary policy, that are outside of
management's control.

   The financial information presented herein has been prepared in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP") and general accounting
practices within the financial services industry. In preparing financial
statements in accordance with GAAP, management is required to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results
could differ from such estimates.

   The following is a summary of the Company's significant accounting policies
which have been consistently applied in the preparation of the accompanying
financial statements.

1. Investment Securities and
   Mortgage-Backed Securities

   The Company accounts for investment and mortgage-backed securities in
accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 115
"Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities." SFAS No. 115
requires that investments be categorized as held-to-maturity, trading, or
available for sale. Securities classified as held-to-maturity are carried at
cost only if the Company has the positive intent and ability to hold these
securities to maturity. Trading securities and securities designated as
available for sale are carried at fair value with resulting unrealized gains or
losses recorded to operations or stockholders' equity, respectively. At March
31, 1997 and 1996, the Company's equity accounts reflected a net unrealized gain
of $30,000 and $29,000, respectively. Realized gains or losses on sales of
securities are recognized using the specific identification method.

2. Loans Receivable

   Loans held in portfolio are stated at the principal amount outstanding,
adjusted for deferred loan origination fees, the allowance for loan losses and
amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts on loans purchased and sold.
Premiums and discounts on loans purchased and sold are amortized and accreted to
operations using the interest method over the average life of the underlying
loans.

   Interest is accrued as earned unless the collectability of the loan is in
doubt. Uncollectible interest on loans that are contractually past due is
charged off, or an allowance is established based on management's periodic
evaluation. The allowance is established by a charge to interest income equal to
all interest previously accrued, and income is subsequently recognized only to
the extent that cash payments are received until, in management's judgment, the
borrower's ability to make periodic interest and principal payments has returned
to normal, in which case the loan is returned to accrual status.

   The Company retains the servicing on loans sold and agrees to remit to the
investor loan principal and interest at agreed-upon rates. These rates generally
differ from the loan's contractual interest rate resulting in a "yield
differential." In addition to previously deferred loan origination fees and cash
gains, gains on sale of loans can represent the present value of the future
yield differential less a normal servicing fee, capitalized over the estimated
life of the loans sold. Normal servicing fees are determined by reference to the
stipulated servicing fee set forth in the loan sale agreement. Such fees
approximate the Company's normal servicing costs. The resulting capitalized
excess servicing fee is amortized to operations over the estimated life of the
loans using the interest method. If prepayments are higher than expected, an
immediate charge to operations is made. If prepayments are lower, then
adjustments are made prospectively.

   In May 1995, the FASB issued SFAS No. 122 "Accounting for Mortgage Servicing
Rights," which requires that the Company recognize as separate assets, rights to
service mortgage loans for others, regardless of how those servicing rights are
acquired. An institution that acquires mortgage servicing rights through either
the purchase or origination of mortgage loans and sells those loans with
servicing rights retained would allocate some of the cost of the loans to the
mortgage servicing rights.

   SFAS No. 122 requires that securitization of mortgage loans be accounted for
as sales of mortgage loans and acquisitions of mortgage-backed securities.
Additionally, SFAS No. 122 requires that capitalized mortgage servicing rights
and capitalized excess servicing receivables be assessed for impairment.
Impairment is measured based on fair value.

- -------------------------------------- 30 --------------------------------------
<PAGE>
 
   SFAS No. 122 was effective for years beginning after December 15, 1995,
(April 1, 1996, as to the Company) to transactions in which an entity acquires
mortgage servicing rights and to impairment evaluations of all capitalized
mortgage servicing rights and capitalized excess servicing receivables whenever
acquired. Retroactive application was prohibited, and earlier adoption was
encouraged. Management elected early adoption of SFAS No. 122 in fiscal 1996.
The Company recognized $29,000 and $46,000 in pre-tax gains on sales of loans
during the fiscal years ended March 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively.

   The mortgage servicing rights recorded by the Company, calculated in
accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 122, were segregated into pools for
valuation purposes, using as pooling criteria the loan term and coupon rate.
Once pooled, each grouping of loans was evaluated on a discounted earnings basis
to determine the present value of future earnings that a purchaser could expect
to realize from each portfolio. Earnings were projected from a variety of
sources including loan servicing fees, interest earned on float, net interest
earned on escrows, miscellaneous income, and costs to service the loans. The
present value of future earnings is the "economic" value for the pool, i.e., the
net realizable present value to an acquirer of the acquired servicing.

   The Company recorded amortization related to mortgage servicing rights
totaling approximately $1,000 for the year ended March 31, 1997. There was no
amortization recognized in fiscal 1996. At March 31, 1997 and 1996, the fair
value of the Company's mortgage servicing rights totaled approximately $74,000
and $46,000, respectively.

   Loans held for sale are carried at the lower of cost or market, determined in
the aggregate. In computing cost, deferred loan origination fees are deducted
from the principal balances of the related loans. The Company had not identified
any loans as held for sale at March 31, 1997 and 1996.

3. Loan Origination Fees

   The Company accounts for loan origination fees in accordance with SFAS No. 91
"Accounting for Nonrefundable Fees and Costs Associated with Originating or
Acquiring Loans and Initial Direct Costs of Leases". Pursuant to the provisions
of SFAS No. 91, origination fees received from loans, net of certain direct
origination costs, are deferred and amortized to interest income using the 
level-yield method, giving effect to actual loan prepayments. Additionally, SFAS
No. 91 generally limits deferred loan origination costs to the direct costs
attributable to the origination of a loan, i.e. principally, actual personnel
costs. Fees received for loan commitments that are expected to be drawn upon,
based on the Company's experience with similar commitments, are deferred and
amortized over the life of the loan using the level-yield method. Fees for other
loan commitments will be deferred and amortized over the loan commitment period
on a straight-line basis.

4. Allowance for Losses

   It is the Company's policy to provide valuation allowances for estimated
losses on loans based on past loss experience, trends in the level of delinquent
and problem loans, adverse situations that may affect the borrower's ability to
repay, the estimated value of any underlying collateral and current and
anticipated economic conditions in its primary market area. When the collection
of a loan becomes doubtful, or otherwise troubled, the Company records a charge-
off equal to the difference between the fair value of the property securing the
loan and the loan's carrying value. In providing valuation allowances, costs of
holding real estate, including the cost of capital, are considered. Major loans
(including development projects), and major lending areas are reviewed
periodically to determine potential problems at an early date. The allowance for
loan losses is increased by charges to earnings and decreased by charge-offs
(net of recoveries).

   In May 1993, the FASB issued SFAS No. 114, "Accounting by Creditors for
Impairment of a Loan". This Statement, which was amended by SFAS No. 118 as to
certain income recognition provisions and financial statement disclosure
requirements, requires that impaired loans be measured based upon the present
value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan's effective interest
rate or, as an alternative, at the loan's observable market price or fair value
of the collateral. SFAS No. 114 was effective for years beginning after December
15, 1994. The Company adopted SFAS No. 114 effective April 1, 1995, without
material effect on financial condition or results of operations.

   A loan is defined under SFAS No. 114 as impaired when, based on current
information and events, it is probable that a creditor will be unable to collect
all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. In
applying the provisions of SFAS No. 114, the Company considers its investment in
one-to-four family residential loans and consumer installment loans to be
homogeneous and therefore excluded from separate identification for evaluation
of impairment. With respect to the Company's investment in multi-family
nonresidential loans, and its evaluation of impairment thereof, such loans are
collateral dependent and, as a result, are carried as a practical expedient at
the lower of cost or fair value.

   It is the Company's policy to charge off unsecured credits that are more than
ninety days delinquent. Similarly, collateral dependent loans which are more
than ninety days delinquent are considered to constitute more than a

- -------------------------------------- 31 --------------------------------------
<PAGE>
 
                     NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (cont.)


                         March 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995


minimum delay in repayment and are evaluated for impairment under SFAS No. 114
at that time.

   At March 31, 1997, the Company's investment in impaired loans, as defined,
totaled approximately $601,000. The allowance for credit losses related to such
impaired loans totaled $225,000.

   At March 31, 1996, the Company had no loans that would be defined as impaired
under SFAS No. 114.

5. Office Premises and Equipment

   Office premises and equipment are carried at cost and include expenditures
which extend the useful lives of existing assets. Maintenance, repairs and minor
renewals are expensed as incurred. For financial reporting, depreciation and
amortization are provided on the straight-line and declining-balance methods
over the useful lives of the assets, estimated to be twenty to forty years for
buildings and improvements, and five to ten years for furniture and equipment.
An accelerated method is used for tax reporting purposes.

6. Real Estate Acquired Through Foreclosure

   Real estate acquired through foreclosure is carried at the lower of the
loan's unpaid principal balance (cost) or fair value less estimated selling
expenses at the date of acquisition. Real estate loss provisions are recorded if
the properties' fair value subsequently declines below the value determined at
the recording date. In determining the lower of cost or fair value at
acquisition, costs relating to development and improvement of property are
capitalized. Costs relating to holding real estate acquired through foreclosure,
net of rental income, are charged against earnings as incurred.

7. Federal Income Taxes

   The Company accounts for federal income taxes pursuant to SFAS No. 109,
"Accounting for Income Taxes". SFAS No. 109 established financial accounting and
reporting standards for the effects of income taxes that result from the
Company's activities within the current and previous years. In accordance with
SFAS No. 109, a deferred tax liability or deferred tax asset is computed by
applying the current statutory tax rates to net taxable or deductible temporary
differences between the tax basis of an asset or liability and its reported
amount in the financial statements that will result in net taxable or deductible
amounts in future periods. Deferred tax assets are recorded only to the extent
that the amount of net deductible temporary differences or carryforward
attributes may be utilized against current period earnings, carried back against
prior years' earnings, offset against taxable temporary differences reversing in
future periods, or utilized to the extent of management's estimate of future
taxable income. A valuation allowance is provided for deferred tax assets to the
extent that the value of net deductible temporary differences and carryforward
attributes exceeds management's estimates of taxes payable on future taxable
income. Deferred tax liabilities are provided on the total amount of net
temporary differences taxable in the future.

   The Company's principal temporary differences between pretax financial income
and taxable income result primarily from the different methods of accounting for
deferred loan origination fees, Federal Home Loan Bank stock dividends, certain
components of retirement expense, general loan loss allowances, percentage of
earnings bad debt deductions and mortgage servicing rights. A temporary
difference is also recognized for depreciation expense computed using
accelerated methods for federal income tax purposes.

8. Pension Plan

   The Company has a defined benefit pension plan covering all employees who
have attained 21 years of age and have completed one full year of service.
Annual contributions are made to fund current service costs and amortization of
past service costs. The Company's provision for pension expense was $114,000,
$151,000 and $115,000 for the three years ended March 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995,
respectively. These amounts reflect the expense computed by the Company's
actuaries utilizing the modified aggregate funding method and implicitly
assuming a 7.50% rate of return on plan assets. As of November 1, 1995, the most
recent valuation date, the amount of net assets available for benefits was $1.1
million. The Company has not provided disclosures required by SFAS No. 87,
"Accounting for Pension Plans," based upon materiality.

9. Retirement Plans and Stock Option Plans

   The Company has an Employee Stock Ownership Plan ("ESOP"), which provides
retirement benefits for substantially all employees who have completed one year
of service and have attained the age of 21. The Company accounts for the ESOP in
accordance with Statement of Position ("SOP") 93-6, "Employers' Accounting for
Employee Stock Ownership Plans." SOP 93-6 requires compensation expense recorded
by employers to be measured based upon the fair value of ESOP shares allocated
to participants during a fiscal year. Expense recognized related to the plan
totaled approximately $174,000, $210,000 and $185,000 for the years ended March
31, 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively.

   The Company also has a Management Recognition Plan ("MRP"). The MRP purchased
20,790 shares (adjusted for the Company's ten percent stock dividend paid during


- -------------------------------------- 32 --------------------------------------
<PAGE>
 
fiscal 1995) of the Company's common stock in the open market. All of the shares
available under the plan were granted to executive officers of the Company
effective upon consummation of the offering. Common stock granted under the MRP
vested ratably over a three year period, commencing in June 1993. A provision of
$28,000, $111,000 and $112,000 was charged to expense for the years ended March
31, 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively.

10. Earnings Per Share

    Earnings per share is calculated based on the weighted-average number of
common and common equivalent shares outstanding during the respective periods,
adjusted to reflect a 5% stock dividend effected during the year ended March 31,
1997 and a three-for-two stock split to be effected on June 12, 1997. Dividends
per share for the years ended March 31, 1997, 1996, and 1995, have also been
adjusted to reflect the effect of such stock dividends and stock splits. There
is no material dilutive effect attendant to the Company's Stock Option Plan.

    Earnings per share for the fiscal years ended March 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995,
is based on 2,225,071, 2,211,269 and 2,201,165 weighted average shares
outstanding. 

11. Cash and Cash Equivalents

    For purposes of reporting cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash
and due from banks, federal funds sold, and interest-bearing deposits due from
other financial institutions with original maturities of less than three months.

12. Fair Value of Financial Instruments

    SFAS No. 107, "Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments",
requires disclosure of the fair value of financial instruments, both assets and
liabilities whether or not recognized in the statement of financial condition,
for which it is practicable to estimate that value. For financial instruments
where quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on estimates
using present value and other valuation methods.

    The methods used are greatly affected by the assumptions applied, including
the discount rate and estimates of future cash flows. Therefore, the fair values
presented may not represent amounts that could be realized in an exchange for
certain financial instruments.

    The following methods and assumptions were used by the Company in estimating
its fair value disclosures for financial instruments at March 31, 1997 and 1996:

Cash and cash equivalents: The carrying amounts presented in the statement of
financial condition for cash and cash equivalents are deemed to approximate fair
value.

Certificates of deposit in other financial institutions: The carrying amounts
presented in the statement of financial condition for certificates of deposit in
other financial institutions are deemed to approximate fair value.

Investment and mortgage-backed securities: For investment and mortgage-backed
securities, fair value is deemed to equal the quoted market price.

Loans receivable: The loan portfolio has been segregated into categories with
similar characteristics, such as one-to-four family residential, multi-family
residential and nonresidential real estate. These loan categories were further
delineated into fixed-rate and adjustable-rate loans. The fair values for the
resultant loan categories were computed via discounted cash flow analysis, using
current interest rates offered for loans with similar terms to borrowers of
similar credit quality. For loans on deposit accounts and consumer and other
loans, fair values were deemed to equal the historic carrying values. The
historical carrying amount of accrued interest on loans is deemed to approximate
fair value.

Federal Home Loan Bank stock: The carrying amount presented in the statement of
financial condition is deemed to approximate fair value.

Deposits: The fair value of NOW accounts, passbook and club accounts, money
market deposits and escrow deposits is deemed to approximate the amount payable
on demand. Fair values for fixed-rate certificates of deposit have been
estimated using a discounted cash flow calculation using the interest rates
currently offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities.

Advances from Federal Home Loan Bank: The fair value of these advances is
estimated using the rates currently offered for similar advances of similar
remaining maturities or, when available, quoted market prices.

Commitments to extend credit: For fixed-rate and adjustable-rate loan
commitments, the fair value estimate considers the difference between current
levels of interest rates and committed rates. At March 31, 1997 and 1996 the
difference between the fair value and notional amount of loan commitments was
not material.

- -------------------------------------- 33 --------------------------------------
<PAGE>
 
                     NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (con't.)


                         March 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995


     Based on the foregoing methods and assumptions, the carrying value and fair
value of the Company's financial instruments at March 31 are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                1997                1996
                                        ------------------   ------------------
                                        Carrying    Fair     Carrying    Fair
                                         value      value     value      value
                                        -------   --------   -------   --------
                                                     (In thousands)
<S>                                     <C>       <C>        <C>       <C>
Financial assets
 Cash and certificates
  of deposits.........................  $ 15,106   $ 15,106  $ 15,190   $ 15,190
 Investment securities................    16,970     16,904    14,675     14,687
 Mortgage-backed
  securities..........................       873        875     1,929      1,931
 Loans receivable.....................   209,404    208,426   206,513    207,859
 Stock in Federal
  Home Loan Bank......................     2,531      2,531     2,362      2,362
                                        --------   --------  --------   --------
                                        $244,884   $243,842  $240,669   $242,029
                                        ========   ========  ========   ========
Financial liabilities
 Deposits.............................  $211,442   $205,718  $210,158   $205,920
 Advances from the Federal Home
  Loan Bank...........................    16,000     15,718    14,000     13,944
 Advances by borrowers for taxes
  and insurance.......................       701        701       582        582
                                        --------   --------  --------   --------
                                        $228,143   $222,137  $224,740   $220,446
                                        ========   ========  ========   ========

</TABLE> 

13. Reclassifications

     Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the 1997
financial statement presentation.

                            NOTE B - INVESTMENT AND
                          MORTGAGE-BACKED SECURITIES

     Carrying values and estimated fair values of investment securities at March
31 are summarized as follows:

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 

                                               1997                 1996
                                        -------------------  ------------------
                                                  Estimated           Estimated
                                        Carrying    fair     Carrying    fair
                                         value      value     value      value
                                        --------  ---------  -------- ---------
                                                    (In thousands)
<S>                                     <C>       <C>        <C>      <C> 
U. S. Government and agency 
  obligations.........................  $ 16,789   $ 16,723  $ 14,487   $ 14,499
Municipal obligations.................       181        181       188        188
                                        --------   --------  --------   --------
                                        $ 16,970   $ 16,904  $ 14,675   $ 14,687
                                        ========   ========  ========   ========

</TABLE>

     At March 31, 1997, the carrying value of the Company's investment
securities in excess of estimated fair value was $66,000, comprised of $95,000
in gross unrealized gains and $161,000 in gross unrealized losses. At March 31,
1996, the estimated fair value of the Company's investment securities in excess
of carrying value was $12,000, comprised of $67,000 in gross unrealized gains
and $55,000 in gross unrealized losses.

     The amortized cost and estimated fair value of U. S. Government and agency
obligations and municipal obligations at March 31, 1997 by term to maturity are
shown below.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            Estimated
                                Amortized     fair
                                  cost        value
                                ---------   ---------
                                   (In thousands)
  <S>                           <C>         <C>
  Due in one year or less.....    $ 1,981     $ 1,982
  Due in one to three years...      9,499       9,404
  Due in three to five years..      5,000       4,936
  Due in over five years......        490         582
                                  -------     -------
                                  $16,970     $16,904
                                  =======     =======

</TABLE>

     The Company had not pledged any investment or mortgage-backed securities to
secure public deposits at either March 31, 1997 or 1996.

     The amortized cost, gross unrealized gains, gross unrealized losses, and
estimated fair values of mortgage-backed securities at March 31, 1997 and 1996,
including those designated as available for sale, are summarized as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                  1997
                              --------------------------------------------
                                           Gross       Gross     Estimated
                              Amortized  unrealized  unrealized    fair
                                cost       gains       losses      value
                              ---------  ----------  ----------  ---------
                                           (In thousands)
<S>                         <C>        <C>         <C>         <C>
Held-to-maturity REMICs...     $  495       $   2      $   --       $  497
                               ======       =====      ======       ======

Available for sale
  Government National
    Mortgage Association
    participation
    certificates..........     $  236       $  31      $   --       $  267

  Federal National
    Mortgage Association
    participation
    certificates..........         96          15          --          111
                               ------       -----      ------       ------
                               $  332       $  46      $   --       $  378
                               ======       =====      ======       ======

</TABLE>

- ------------------------------------- 34 ---------------------------------------
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
                                               1996
                           --------------------------------------------
                                        Gross       Gross     Estimated
                           Amortized  unrealized  unrealized    fair
                             cost       gains       losses      value
                           ---------  ----------  ----------  ---------
                                         (In thousands)
<S>                        <C>        <C>         <C>         <C> 
Held-to-maturity
 REMICs.................     $1,495      $   4       $   2      $1,497
                             ======      =====       =====      ======

Available for sale
 Government National
  Mortgage Association
  participation
  certificates..........     $  292      $  29       $   4      $  317

 Federal National
  Mortgage Association
  participation
  certificates..........         97         20          --         117
                             ------      -----       -----      ------
                             $  389      $  49       $   4      $  434
                             ======      =====       =====      ======

</TABLE>

     The amortized cost of mortgage-backed securities, including those
designated as available for sale at March 31, 1997, by contractual term to
maturity are shown below. Expected maturities will differ from contractual
maturities because borrowers may generally prepay obligations without prepayment
penalties.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                       Amortized Cost
                                                       --------------
                                                       (In thousands)
 <S>                                                   <C>              
 Due within three years..............................        $    495
 Due after five years................................             332
                                                             --------
                                                             $    827
                                                             ========

</TABLE> 

                           NOTE C - LOANS RECEIVABLE

     The composition of the loan portfolio at March 31 is as follows:

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 

                                                               1997       1996
                                                             --------   --------
                                                                (In thousands)
<S>                                                          <C>        <C> 
Residential real estate - 1 to 4 family..............        $184,381   $177,267
Residential real estate - multi-family...............           5,491     10,215
Residential real estate - construction...............           5,717      5,250
Nonresidential real estate and land..................           6,519      6,831
Education............................................           4,355      4,504
Automobile...........................................           1,761      1,869
Consumer and other...................................           6,221      6,102
                                                             --------   --------
                                                              214,445    212,038
Less:
 Undisbursed portion of loans in process.............           2,111      2,540
 Deferred loan origination fees......................           2,016      2,097
 Allowance for loan losses...........................             914        888
                                                             --------   --------
                                                             $209,404   $206,513
                                                             ========   ========

</TABLE>

     As depicted above, the Company's lending efforts have historically focused
on residential and multi-family residential real estate loans, which comprise
approximately $190.5 million, or 91%, of the total loan portfolio at March 31,
1997, and $187.2 million, or 91%, of the total loan portfolio at March 31, 1996.
Generally, such loans have been underwritten on the basis of no more than an 80%
loan-to-value ratio, which has historically provided the Company with adequate
collateral coverage in the event of default. Nevertheless, the Company, as with
any lending institution, is subject to the risk that real estate values could
deteriorate in its primary lending area of north central Ohio, thereby impairing
collateral values. However, management is of the belief that residential real
estate values in the Company's primary lending area are presently stable.

     As discussed previously, the Company has sold whole loans and participating
interests in loans in the secondary market, retaining servicing on the loans
sold. Loans sold and serviced for others totaled approximately $37.5 million,
$41.5 million and $44.4 million at March 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively.

     In the normal course of business, the Company has made loans to its
directors, officers and their related business interests. Related party loans
must be made on the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as
those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with unrelated persons
and do not involve more than the normal risk of collectibility. However, recent
regulations now permit executive officers and directors to receive the same
terms through benefit or compensation plans that are widely available to other
employees, as long as the director or executive officer is not given
preferential treatment compared to other participating employees. The aggregate
dollar amount of loans outstanding to directors, officers and their related
business interests totaled approximately $400,000, $352,000 and $475,000 at
March 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively.

                      NOTE D - ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES

     The activity in the allowance for loan losses is summarized as follows for
the years ended March 31:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                    1997       1996       1995
                                   ------     ------     ------
                                       (In thousands)
<S>                                <C>        <C>        <C>
Balance at beginning of year.....  $ 888      $ 981      $ 959 
Provision for loan losses........     20         20         25 
(Charge-offs) recoveries -- net..      6       (113)        (3)
                                   -----      -----      -----
Balance at end of year...........  $ 914      $ 888      $ 981 
                                   =====      =====      =====

</TABLE>

     As of March 31, 1997, the Company's allowance for loan losses was comprised
of a general loan loss allowance of $684,000, which is includible as a component
of regulatory risk-based capital, and a specific loan loss allowance of
$230,000.

     Nonaccrual and nonperforming loans totaled approximately $962,000, $2.1
million and $1.7 million at March 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively.

- ------------------------------------- 35 ---------------------------------------
<PAGE>
 
                     NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (con't.)


                         March 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995


     During the years ended March 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995 interest income of
approximately $62,000, $135,000 and $80,000, respectively, would have been
recognized had nonaccrual loans been performing in accordance with contractual
terms.

                    NOTE E - OFFICE PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

     Office premises and equipment at March 31 are comprised of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                1997        1996
                                                               ------      ------
                                                                  (In thousands)
<S>                                                            <C>       <C>             
Land and improvements.......................................    $1,355     $1,092
Office buildings and improvements...........................     2,477      2,477
Furniture, fixtures and equipment...........................     3,876      3,415
Automobiles.................................................        84         80
                                                                ------     ------
                                                                 7,792      7,064
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization..............     3,801      3,399
                                                                ------     ------
                                                                $3,991     $3,665
                                                                ======     ======

</TABLE> 

                               NOTE F - DEPOSITS

     Deposits consist of the following major classifications at March 31:

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 

                                                 1997                      1996
                                               --------                  --------
Deposit type and weighted-                               (In thousands)
average interest rate
<S>                                            <C>                       <C> 
NOW accounts
 1997 - 2.23%................................  $ 19,228
 1996 - 2.23%................................                            $ 19,552
Passbook
 1997 - 2.98%................................    41,233
 1996 - 3.06%................................                              44,487
Money Market Investor
 1997 - 2.99%................................     9,815
 1996 - 3.00%................................                              10,593
                                               --------                  --------
Total demand, transaction and
 passbook deposits...........................    70,276                    74,632

Certificates of deposit
 Original maturities of:
 Less than 12 months
  1997 - 5.34%...............................    21,016
  1996 - 5.22%...............................                              13,209
 12 months to 24 months
  1997 - 5.38%...............................    44,136
  1996 - 5.58%...............................                              51,156
 25 months to 36 months
  1997 - 6.07%...............................    28,591
  1996 - 5.75%...............................                              25,296
 More than 36 months
  1997 - 6.61%...............................    16,995
  1996 - 6.60%...............................                              18,034
 Jumbo
  1997 - 6.12%...............................    30,428
  1996 - 6.30%...............................                              27,831
                                               --------                  --------
Total certificates of deposit................   141,166                   135,526
                                               --------                  --------
Total deposit accounts                         $211,442                  $210,158
                                               ========                  ========

</TABLE> 

Interest expense on deposits for the year ended March 31 is summarized as
follows:

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 

                                                  1997           1996          1995
                                                 ------         ------        ------
                                                            (In thousands)
<S>                                              <C>            <C>           <C> 
Passbook.....................................    $1,291         $1,355        $1,565
NOW and money market deposit accounts........       750            758           819
Certificates of deposit......................     7,965          7,660         6,614
                                                 ------        -------       -------
                                                $10,006         $9,773        $8,998
                                                =======        =======       =======
 
</TABLE>

     Maturities of outstanding certificates of deposit at March 31 are
summarized as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                     1997              1996
                                    ------            ------
                                         (In thousands)
  <S>                              <C>              <C>
  Less than one year............   $ 99,684         $ 87,688
  One to three years............     37,486           42,859
  Over three years..............      3,996            4,979
                                   --------         --------
                                   $141,166         $135,526
                                   ========         ========

</TABLE>

               NOTE G - ADVANCES FROM THE FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK

     Advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank, collateralized at March 31, 1997
and 1996 by pledges of certain residential mortgage loans totaling $24.0 million
and $21.0 million, respectively, and the Company's investment in Federal Home
Loan Bank stock, are summarized as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

  Interest          Maturing in year
  Rate              ending March 31,    1997      1996
  -------           ----------------   ------    ------
                                        (In thousands)
  <S>               <C>                <C>       <C> 
  5.65%                  1997          $  -      $5,000
  5.55% - 5.85%          1998           7,000        - 
  5.70% - 6.15%          1999           7,000     7,000
  6.20% - 6.35%          2001           2,000     2,000
                                     --------  --------
                                      $16,000   $14,000
                                     ========  ========
  
  Weighted-average interest rate         5.91%     5.89%
                                     ========  ========

</TABLE>

- ------------------------------------- 36 ---------------------------------------
<PAGE>
 
NOTE H - FEDERAL INCOME TAXES
  The provision for federal income taxes on earnings differs from that computed
at the statutory corporate tax rate for the years ended March 31 as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          1997    1996     1995
                                                         ------  ------   ------
                                                             (In thousands)
<S>                                                      <C>     <C>      <C>
Federal income taxes computed
  at statutory rate....................................   $366     $743    $858
Increase (decrease) in taxes
resulting from:
  Tax exempt interest..................................     (3)      (4)     (4)
  Other................................................      4       35      28
                                                        -------  ------- -------
Federal income tax provision per financial statements     $367     $774    $882
                                                        =======  ======= =======
</TABLE> 

  The composition of the Company's net deferred tax asset (liability) at 
March 31 is as follows:
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                                                   1997     1996
                                                                  ------   ------
                                                                  (In thousands)
<S>                                                               <C>       <C> 
Taxes (payable) refundable on temporary
differences at statutory rate:
  Deferred tax assets
    Deferred loan origination fees.....................           $ 238     $ 275 
    General loan loss allowance........................             233       299 
    Other..............................................              28        27 
                                                                 -------   -------
  Deferred tax assets..................................             499       601 
  Deferred tax liabilities                                                       
    Federal Home Loan Bank                                                       
      stock dividends..................................            (460)     (402)
    Book/tax depreciation differences..................            (104)      (39)
    Unrealized gains on securities                                               
      designated as available for sale.................             (16)      (15)
    Percentage of earnings bad debt                                              
      deduction........................................             (67)      (67)
                                                                 -------   -------
  Deferred tax liabilities.............................            (647)     (523)
                                                                 -------   -------
    Total deferred tax asset (liability)...............           $(148)    $  78 
                                                                 =======   =======
</TABLE>

  The Company was allowed a special bad debt deduction based on a percentage of
earnings, generally limited to 8% of otherwise taxable income and subject to
certain limitations based on aggregate loans and deposit account balances at the
end of the year.  The percentage of earnings bad debt deduction for additions
prior to fiscal 1988 totaled approximately $2.7 million as of March 31, 1997. If
the amounts that qualify as deductions for federal income taxes are later used
for purposes other than bad debt losses, including distributions in liquidation,
such distributions will be subject to federal income taxes at the then current
corporate income tax rate. The amount of unrecognized deferred tax liability
relating to the cumulative bad debt deduction is approximately $918,000 at March
31, 1997. See Note L for additional information regarding future percentage of
earnings bad debt deductions.


                             NOTE I - COMMITMENTS

  The Company is party to financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk in
the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of their customers
including commitments to extend credit. Such commitments involve, to varying
degrees, elements of credit and interest-rate risk in excess of the amount
recognized in the statement of financial condition. The contract or notional
amounts of the commitments reflect the extent of the Company's involvement in
such financial instruments.

  The Company's exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the
other party to the financial instrument for commitments to extend credit is
represented by the contractual notional amount of those instruments.  The
Company uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional
obligations as those utilized for on-balance-sheet instruments.

  At March 31, 1997 and 1996, the Company had outstanding commitments to
originate or purchase fixed rate loans of approximately $1.5 million and $4.3
million, respectively, and adjustable rate loans of approximately $638,000 and
$319,000, respectively. Additionally, the Company had unused lines of credit
under home equity loans of $7.5 million at March 31, 1997. Management believes
that all loan commitments are able to be funded through cash flow from
operations and existing excess liquidity. Fees received in connection with these
commitments have not been recognized in earnings.

  Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as
there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments
generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may
require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments may expire without being
drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future
cash requirements. The Company evaluates each customer's creditworthiness on a
case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if it is deemed necessary
by the Company upon extension of credit, is based on management's credit
evaluation of the counterparty. Collateral on loans may vary but the
preponderance of loans granted generally include a mortgage interest in real
estate as security. 

- -------------------------------------- 37 --------------------------------------
<PAGE>
 
                     NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (cont.)

                         March 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995


                       NOTE J - STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY AND
                              REGULATORY CAPITAL

  The Company is subject to minimum regulatory capital standards promulgated by
the Office of Thrift Supervision (the "OTS").  Failure to meet minimum capital
requirements can initiate certain mandatory -- and possibly additional
discretionary -- actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct
material effect on its financial statements.  Under capital adequacy guidelines
and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company must meet
specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Company's
assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under
regulatory accounting practices.  The Company's capital amounts and
classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about
components, risk weightings, and other factors.

  The minimum capital standards of the OTS generally require the maintenance of
regulatory capital sufficient to meet each of three tests, hereinafter described
as the tangible capital requirement, the core capital requirement and the risk-
based capital requirement. The tangible capital requirement provides for minimum
tangible capital (defined as stockholders' equity less all intangible assets)
equal to 1.5% of adjusted total assets. The core capital requirement provides
for minimum core capital (tangible capital plus certain forms of supervisory
goodwill and other qualifying intangible assets equal to 3.0% of adjusted total
assets. An OTS proposal, if adopted in present form, would increase the core
capital requirement to a range of 4.0% -5.0% of adjusted total assets for
substantially all savings associations. Management anticipates no material
change to the Company's excess regulatory capital position as a result of this
proposed change in the regulatory capital requirement. The risk-based capital
requirement currently provides for the maintenance of core capital plus general
loss allowances equal to 8.0% of risk-weighted assets. In computing risk-
weighted assets, the Company multiplies the value of each asset on its statement
of financial condition by a defined risk-weighting factor, e.g., one- to four-
family residential loans carry a risk-weighted factor of 50%.

  As of March 31, 1997, management believes that the Company met all capital
adequacy requirements to which it is subject.

                             As of March 31, 1997

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                
                                                                    For capital                     
                          Actual                                 adequacy purposes                  
                      --------------     --------------------------------------------------------------------  
                      Amount   Ratio              Amount                                 Ratio          
                                                                 (In thousands)                             
<S>                   <C>      <C>       <C>                                  <C>                      
Tangible capital      $23,078    9.2%    (greater than or equal to) $ 3,782   (greater than or equal to)  1.5%  
Core Capital          $23,078    9.2%    (greater than or equal to) $ 7,565   (greater than or equal to)  3.0%  
Risk-based capital    $23,762   17.4%    (greater than or equal to) $10,894   (greater than or equal to)  8.0%  

<CAPTION> 
                                                         To be "well-   
                                                      capitalized" under
                                                      prompt corrective 
                                                      action provisions 
                         -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                       Amount                                   Ratio     
                         ---------------------------------        --------------------------------
                                               (In thousands)
<S>                      <C>                                      <C> 
Tangible capital         (greater than or equal to) $12,608       (greater than or equal to)  5.0%
Core Capital             (greater than or equal to) $15,130       (greater than or equal to)  6.0%
Risk-based capital       (greater than or equal to) $13,617       (greater than or equal to) 10.0%
</TABLE> 

================================================================================

  The Company's management believes that, under the current regulatory capital
regulations, the Company will continue to meet their minimum capital
requirements in the foreseeable future.  However, events beyond the control of
the Company, such as increased interest rates or a downturn in the economy in
the Company's market area, could adversely affect future earnings and,
consequently, the ability to meet future minimum regulatory capital
requirements.

  Regulations of the OTS impose limitations on the payment of dividends and
other capital distributions by savings associations. Under such regulations, a
savings association that, immediately prior to, and on a pro forma basis after
giving effect to, a proposed capital distribution, has total capital (as defined
by OTS regulation) that is equal to or greater than the amount of its fully
phased-in capital requirement is generally permitted without OTS approval (but
subsequent to 30 days prior notice to the OTS of the planned dividend) to make
capital distributions during a calendar year in the amount of (i) up to 100% of
its net earnings to date during the year plus an amount equal to one-half of the
amount by which its total capital to assets ratio exceeded its fully phased-in
capital to assets ratio at the beginning of the year (ii) or 75% of its net
earnings for the most recent four quarters. Pursuant to such OTS dividend
regulations, the Company had the ability to pay dividends of approximately $5.4
million at March 31, 1997.


NOTE K - STOCK OPTION PLAN

  The Company has an incentive Stock Option Plan that provides for the issuance
of 72,765 shares of authorized, but unissued shares of common stock. The number
of shares under option have been adjusted to reflect the 5% stock dividend
declared and paid during the year ended March 31, 1997, and the three-for-two
stock split declared April 24, 1997.


- -------------------------------------- 38 --------------------------------------
<PAGE>
 
  The following summarizes stock option transactions for the years ended March
31, 1997, 1996 and 1995:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             Option
                                 Number      price
                                of shares  per share   Total
                                ---------  ---------   ------
<S>                             <C>        <C>        <C>
Outstanding at April 1, 1994       72,765    $5.772   $420,000
Options exercised                   2,780    $5.772     16,046
                                   ------             --------
Balance at March 31, 1995          69,985    $5.772    403,954
Options exercised                  13,270    $5.772     76,594
                                   ------             --------
Balance at March 31, 1996          56,715    $5.772    327,360
Options exercised                   6,849    $5.772     39,532
                                   ------             --------
Balance at March 31, 1997          49,866    $5.772   $287,828
                                   ======             ========
</TABLE>

  The Company has a non-incentive Stock Option Plan that provides for the
issuance of 31,185 (adjusted) shares of authorized, but unissued shares of
common stock. The number of shares under option have been adjusted to reflect
the 5% stock dividend declared and paid during the year ended March 31, 1997 and
the three-for-two stock split declared April 24, 1997.

  The following summarizes stock option transactions for the years ended 
March 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995: 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            Option
                                 Number      price
                                of shares  per share   Total
                                ---------  ---------   ------
<S>                             <C>        <C>        <C>
Outstanding at April 1, 1994       31,185    $5.772   $180,000
Options exercised                  11,172    $5.772     64,485
                                   ------             --------
Balance at March 31, 1995          20,013    $5.772    115,515
Options exercised                   5,427    $5.772     31,325
                                   ------             --------
Balance at March 31, 1996                           
  and 1997                         14,586    $5.772   $ 84,190
                                   ======             ========
</TABLE>

  At March 31, 1997, all of the stock options granted were subject to exercise
at the discretion of the grantees and expire in 2003.

  On April 1, 1996, the Company adopted SFAS No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-
Based Compensation," which contains a fair value-based method for valuing stock-
based compensation that entities may use, which measures compensation cost at
the grant date based on the fair value of the award. Compensation is then
recognized over the service period, which is usually the vesting period.
Alternatively, SFAS No. 123 permits entities to continue to account for employee
stock options and similar equity instruments under Accounting Principles Board
("APB") Opinion No. 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees." Entities
that continue to account for stock options using APB Opinion No. 25 are required
to make pro forma disclosures of net earnings and earnings per share, as if the
fair value-based method of accounting defined in SFAS No. 123 had been applied.
Such disclosures are not required for the Company since no stock options were
granted in fiscal 1997. Management has determined that the Company will continue
to account for stock based compensation pursuant to APB Opinion No. 25.


NOTE L - LEGISLATIVE DEVELOPMENTS

  The deposit accounts of the Company and of other savings associations are
insured by the FDIC through the Savings Association Insurance Fund ("SAIF").
The reserves of the SAIF were below the level required by law, because a
significant portion of the assessments paid into the fund were used to pay the
cost of prior thrift failures.  The deposit accounts of commercial banks are
insured by the FDIC through the Bank Insurance Fund ("BIF"), except to the
extent such banks have acquired SAIF deposits.  The reserves of the BIF met the
level required by law in May 1995.  As a result of the respective reserve levels
of the funds, deposit insurance assessments paid by healthy savings associations
exceeded those paid by healthy commercial banks by approximately $.19 per $100
in deposits in 1995.  In 1996 and 1997, no BIF assessments were required for
healthy commercial banks except for a $2,000 minimum fee.

  Legislation was enacted to recapitalize the SAIF that provided for a special
assessment totaling $.657 per $100 of SAIF deposits held at March 31, 1995, in
order to increase SAIF reserves to the level required by law.  The Company held
$204.5 million in deposits at March 31, 1995, resulting in an assessment of
approximately $1.3 million, or $887,000 after tax, which was charged to
operations in fiscal 1997.

  Under separate legislation related to the recapitalization plan, the Company
is required to recapture as taxable income approximately $197,000 of its bad
debt reserve, which represents the post-1987 additions to the reserve, and will
be unable to utilize the percentage of earnings method to compute the reserve in
the future. The Company has provided deferred taxes for this amount and will be
permitted to amortize the recapture of the bad debt reserve in taxable income
over six years.


NOTE M - PROPOSED REORGANIZATION

  During the fiscal year, the Board of Directors of the Company authorized the
formation of a mid-tier holding company.  This proposed reorganization is
subject to shareholder and regulatory approval.  The Company has deferred costs
totaling approximately $22,000 in conjunction with the proposed reorganization.

- -------------------------------------- 39 --------------------------------------
<PAGE>
 
                     NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (cont.)

                         March 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995


NOTE N - QUARTERLY RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (unaudited)


  The following table summarizes the Company's quarterly results for the fiscal
years ended March 31, 1997 and 1996. Certain amounts, as previously reported,
have been reclassified to conform to the 1997 presentation.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
                                                    For the three month periods ended
                              -----------------------------------------------------------------------
                              June 30, 1996   September 30, 1996   December 31, 1996   March 31, 1997
                              -------------   ------------------   -----------------   --------------
<S>                           <C>             <C>                  <C>                 <C> 
Total interest income......      $4,730             $4,661              $4,649             $4,679
Total interest expense.....       2,646              2,626               2,640              2,698
                                 ------             -------             ------             ------
Net interest income........       2,084              2,035               2,009              1,981
Provision for losses on                                                                         
 loans.....................           5                  5                   5                  5
Other income...............         139                155                 146                134
General, administrative                                                                         
 and other expense.........       1,567              3,018               1,540              1,462
                                 ------             -------             ------             ------
Earnings (loss) before                                                                          
 income taxes (benefits)...         651               (833)                610                648
Federal income taxes                                                                            
 (benefits)................         221               (283)                209                220
                                 ------             -------             ------             ------
Net earnings (loss)........      $  430             $ (550)             $  401             $  428
                                 ======             =======             ======             ======
<CAPTION> 

                                                    For the three month periods ended
                              -----------------------------------------------------------------------
                              June 30, 1995   September 30, 1995   December 31, 1995   March 31, 1996
                              -------------   ------------------   -----------------   --------------
<S>                           <C>             <C>                  <C>                 <C> 
Total interest income......      $4,492             $4,592              $4,613             $4,631 
Total interest expense.....       2,553              2,651               2,679              2,658 
                                 ------             ------              ------             ------ 
Net interest income........       1,939              1,941               1,934              1,973 
Provision for losses on                                                                           
 loans.....................           5                  5                   5                  5 
Other income...............         116                167                 172                152 
General, administrative                                                                           
 and other expense.........       1,551              1,553               1,573              1,512 
                                 ------             ------              ------             ------ 
Earnings before income                                                                            
 taxes.....................         499                550                 528                608 
Federal income taxes.......         179                196                 192                207 
                                 ------             ------              ------             ------ 
Net earnings...............      $  320             $  354              $  336             $  401 
                                 ======             ======              ======             ====== 
</TABLE>


- -------------------------------------- 40 --------------------------------------

<PAGE>
 
                                 EXHIBIT 99.2
<PAGE>
 
                                  FORM 10-QSB

                          OFFICE OF THRIFT SUPERVISION
                            Washington, D.C. 20552

(Mark One)

[X]       QUARTERLY REPORT UNDER SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
                    OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the quarterly period ended         June 30, 1997
                               ---------------------------

                                      OR

[_]       TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
                    OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from ____________ to _______________

Office of Thrift Supervision Docket Number 04195

                      THE WAYNE SAVINGS AND LOAN COMPANY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
            (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Ohio                                                            34-0606020
- ----------------------                                    ----------------------
(State or other jurisdiction of                              (I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization)                            Identification Number)

151 North Market Street
Wooster, Ohio                                                       44691
- ------------------                                              -------------
(Address of principal                                             (Zip Code)
executive office)

Registrant's telephone number, including area code: (330) 264-5767

Check whether the issuer: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by
Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding
12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file
such reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past
90 days.

Yes   X                No _____
    -----                      

As of August 11, 1997, the latest practicable date, 2,250,709 shares of the
registrant's common stock, $1.00 par value, were issued and outstanding.

                              Page 1 of 13 pages
<PAGE>
 
                      The Wayne Savings and Loan Company

                                     INDEX

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                                            Page
<S>                                                         <C> 
PART I   -  FINANCIAL INFORMATION

            Statements of Financial Condition                 3
                                                              
            Statements of Earnings                            4
                                                              
            Statements of Cash Flows                          5
                                                              
            Notes to Financial Statements                     7
                                                              
            Management's Discussion and Analysis of           
            Financial Condition and Results of                
            Operations                                        9
 
PART II - OTHER INFORMATION                                  12

SIGNATURES                                                   13
</TABLE> 
<PAGE>
 
                      THE WAYNE SAVINGS AND LOAN COMPANY

                       STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

                       (In thousands, except share data)

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION>
                                                                                           JUNE 30,   MARCH 31,  
ASSETS                                                                                       1997        1997    
<S>                                                                                        <C>        <C>        
Cash and due from banks                                                                    $  1,547    $  1,302  
Federal funds sold                                                                            2,700       1,125  
Interest-bearing deposits in other financial institutions                                     7,183       5,179  
                                                                                           --------    --------  
          Cash and cash equivalents                                                          11,430       7,606  
                                                                                                                 
Certificates of deposit in other financial institutions                                       5,500       7,500  
Investment securities - at amortized cost, approximate                                                           
  market value of $17,396 and $16,904 as of June 30, 1997                                                        
  and March 31, 1997                                                                         17,448      16,970  
Mortgage-backed securities available for sale - at market                                       342         378  
Mortgage-backed securities - at cost, approximate                                                                
  market value of $405 and $497 as of June 30, 1997                                                              
  and March 31, 1997                                                                            401         495  
Loans receivable - net                                                                      207,901     209,404  
Loans held for sale - at lower of cost or market                                                685           -  
Real estate acquired through foreclosure                                                        820         809  
Office premises and equipment - at depreciated cost                                           4,577       3,991  
Federal Home Loan Bank stock - at cost                                                        2,577       2,531  
Accrued interest receivable on loans                                                          1,155       1,139  
Accrued interest receivable on mortgage-backed securities                                         5           7  
Accrued interest receivable on investments and                                                                   
  interest-bearing deposits                                                                     383         226  
Prepaid expenses and other assets                                                               901         790  
Prepaid federal income taxes                                                                    105         329  
                                                                                           --------    --------  
                                                                                                                 
          Total assets                                                                     $254,230    $252,175  
                                                                                           ========    ========  
                                                                                                                 
          LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY                                                                   
                                                                                                                 
Deposits                                                                                   $212,808    $211,442  
Advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank                                                     16,000      16,000  
Loan payable to Employee Stock Ownership Plan                                                    11          35  
Advances by borrowers for taxes and insurance                                                   884         701  
Accrued interest payable                                                                        172         226  
Accounts payable on mortgage loans serviced for others                                          257         126  
Other liabilities                                                                               400         382  
Accrued federal income taxes                                                                    193         148  
                                                                                           --------    --------  
          Total liabilities                                                                 230,725     229,060  
                                                                                                                 
Stockholders' equity                                                                                             
  Common stock (20,000,000 shares of $1.00 par value authorized;                                                 
    2,250,622 and 1,498,889 shares issued and outstanding at June 30, 1997                                       
    and March 31, 1997)                                                                       2,251       1,499  
  Additional paid-in capital                                                                  5,870       5,844  
  Retained earnings - substantially restricted                                               15,364      15,777  
  Less shares acquired by Employee Stock Ownership Plan                                         (11)        (35) 
  Unrealized gains on securities available for sale, net of related tax effects                  31          30  
                                                                                           --------    --------  
          Total stockholders' equity                                                         23,505      23,115  
                                                                                           --------    --------  
                                                                                                                 
          Total liabilities and stockholders' equity                                       $254,230    $252,175  
                                                                                           ========    ========   
 </TABLE>

                                       3
<PAGE>
 
                      THE WAYNE SAVINGS AND LOAN COMPANY

                            STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS

                      For the three months ended June 30,
                       (In thousands, except share data)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
                                                                                            1997           1996    
<S>                                                                                        <C>            <C>     
Interest income                                                                                                   
  Loans                                                                                    $4,280         $4,296  
  Mortgage-backed securities                                                                   15             32  
  Investment securities                                                                       260            219  
  Interest-bearing deposits and other                                                         237            183  
                                                                                           ------         ------  
          Total interest income                                                             4,792          4,730  
                                                                                                                  
Interest expense                                                                                                  
  Deposits                                                                                  2,518          2,503  
  Borrowings                                                                                  236            143  
                                                                                           ------         ------  
          Total interest expense                                                            2,754          2,646  
                                                                                           ------         ------  
                                                                                                                  
          Net interest income                                                               2,038          2,084  
                                                                                                                  
Provision for losses on loans                                                                  15              5  
                                                                                           ------         ------  
                                                                                                                  
          Net interest income after provision for                                                                 
            losses on loans                                                                 2,023          2,079  
                                                                                                                  
Other income                                                                                                      
  Gain on sale of loans                                                                        57              -  
  Service fees, charges and other operating                                                   151            139  
                                                                                           ------         ------  
          Total other income                                                                  208            139  
                                                                                                                  
General, administrative and other expense                                                                         
  Employee compensation and benefits                                                          778            829  
  Occupancy and equipment                                                                     233            208  
  Federal deposit insurance premiums                                                           51            136  
  Franchise taxes                                                                              76             71  
  Other operating                                                                             328            323  
                                                                                           ------         ------  
          Total general, administrative and other expense                                   1,466          1,567  
                                                                                           ------         ------  
                                                                                                                  
          Earnings before income taxes                                                        765            651  
                                                                                                                  
Federal income taxes                                                                                              
  Current                                                                                     216            165  
  Deferred                                                                                     45             56  
                                                                                           ------         ------  
          Total federal income taxes                                                          261            221  
                                                                                           ------         ------  
                                                                                                                  
          NET EARNINGS                                                                     $  504         $  430  
                                                                                           ======         ======  
                                                                                                                  
          EARNINGS PER SHARE                                                                 $.22           $.19  
                                                                                           ======         ======  
 </TABLE>

                                       4
<PAGE>
 
                      THE WAYNE SAVINGS AND LOAN COMPANY

                           STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

                      For the three months ended June 30,
                                (In thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
                                                                                         1997        1996     
<S>                                                                                     <C>        <C>        
Cash flows from operating activities:                                                                         
  Net earnings for the period                                                           $    504   $    430   
  Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to net cash                                                           
  provided by (used in) operating activities:                                                                 
    Amortization of discounts and premiums on loans,                                                          
      investments and mortgage-backed securities - net                                        18          1   
    Amortization of deferred loan origination fees                                           (87)      (106)  
    Amortization expense of employee benefit plans                                            14         29   
    Depreciation and amortization                                                             96         96   
    Loans originated for sale in the secondary market                                     (2,484)         -   
    Proceeds from sale of loans                                                            1,829          -   
    Gain on sale of loans                                                                    (30)         -   
    Provision for losses on loans                                                             15          5   
    Federal Home Loan Bank stock dividends                                                   (46)       (41)  
    Increase (decrease) in cash due to changes in:                                                            
      Accrued interest receivable on loans                                                   (16)       (10)  
      Accrued interest receivable on mortgage-backed                                                          
       securities                                                                              2          1   
      Accrued interest receivable on investments and                                                          
       interest-bearing deposits                                                            (157)       (19)  
      Prepaid expenses and other assets                                                     (111)       384   
      Accrued interest payable                                                               (54)        25   
      Accounts payable on mortgage loans serviced for                                                         
       others                                                                                131          6   
      Other liabilities                                                                       18        (69)  
      Federal income taxes                                                                                    
        Current                                                                              224        130   
        Deferred                                                                              45         56   
                                                                                        --------   --------   
           Net cash provided by (used in) operating                                                           
            activities                                                                       (89)       918   
                                                                                                              
Cash flows provided by (used in) investing activities:                                                        
  Purchase of investment securities                                                         (500)         -   
  Proceeds from maturity of investment securities                                              4      1,080   
  Principal repayments on mortgage-backed securities                                         131        246   
  Loan principal repayments                                                               12,964     15,230   
  Loan disbursements                                                                     (11,389)   (16,774)  
  Purchase of office premises and equipment - net                                           (682)       (22)  
  Proceeds from sale of real estate acquired through                                                          
   foreclosure                                                                                 -        503   
  Additions to real estate acquired through foreclosure                                      (11)       (20)   
  Decrease in certificates of deposit in other
   financial institutions                                                                  2,000          -  
                                                                                        --------   -------- 
           Net cash provided by investing activities                                       2,517        243
                                                                                        --------   --------            
           Net cash provided by operating and
            investing activities
             (balance carried forward)                                                     2,428      1,161
                                                                                        --------   --------
 </TABLE>



                                       5
<PAGE>
 
                      THE WAYNE SAVINGS AND LOAN COMPANY

                     STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (CONTINUED)

                      For the three months ended June 30,
                                (In thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
                                                                                           1997           1996   
<S>                                                                                      <C>            <C>      
           Net cash provided by operating and investing activities                                               
             (balance brought forward)                                                   $ 2,428        $ 1,161  
                                                                                                                 
Cash flows provided by (used in) financing activities:                                                           
  Net increase in deposit accounts                                                         1,366          2,020  
  Proceeds from Federal Home Loan Bank advances                                            1,000          5,000  
  Repayment of Federal Home Loan Bank advances                                            (1,000)        (5,000) 
  Advances by borrowers for taxes and insurance                                              183           (600) 
  Proceeds from exercise of stock options                                                     15             12  
  Dividends paid on common stock                                                            (168)          (152) 
                                                                                         -------        -------  
           Net cash provided by financing activities                                       1,396          1,280  
                                                                                         -------        -------  
                                                                                                                 
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents                                                  3,824          2,441  
                                                                                                                 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period                                           7,606         10,190  
                                                                                         -------        -------  
                                                                                                                 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period                                               $11,430        $12,631  
                                                                                         =======        =======   
 
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
Cash paid during the period for:
 Federal income taxes                                                                    $     -        $    43
                                                                                         =======        =======

 Interest on deposits and borrowings                                                     $ 2,808        $ 2,621
                                                                                         =======        =======


Supplemental disclosure of noncash investing activities:
Unrealized gains (losses) on securities designated as
 available for sale, net of related tax effects                                          $     1        $    (1)
                                                                                         =======        =======

Recognition of mortgage servicing rights in accordance
 with SFAS No. 122                                                                       $    27        $     -
                                                                                         =======        =======
</TABLE> 

                                       6
<PAGE>
 
                       THE WAYNE SAVINGS AND LOAN COMPANY

                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


1.   Basis of Presentation
     ---------------------

     The accompanying unaudited financial statements were prepared in accordance
     with instructions for Form 10-QSB and, therefore, do not include
     information or footnotes necessary for a complete presentation of financial
     position, results of operations and cash flows in conformity with generally
     accepted accounting principles.  Accordingly, these financial statements
     should be read in conjunction with the financial statements and notes
     thereto of The Wayne Savings and Loan Company (the "Company") included in
     the Annual Report on Form 10-KSB for the year ended March 31, 1997.
     However, all adjustments (consisting only of normal recurring accruals)
     which, in the opinion of management, are necessary for a fair presentation
     of the financial statements have been included.  The results of operations
     for the three month periods ended June 30, 1997 and 1996 are not
     necessarily indicative of the results which may be expected for the entire
     fiscal year.

2.   Earnings Per Share
     ------------------

     Earnings per share for the three months ended June 30, 1997 and 1996 is
     computed based on 2,244,637 and 2,229,907 weighted-average shares
     outstanding, respectively.  The weighted-average shares outstanding for the
     three month period ended June 30, 1996, has been restated to give effect to
     the three-for-two stock split which was distributed in June 1997.

3.   Effects of Recent Accounting Pronouncements
     -------------------------------------------

     In October 1995, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the "FASB")
     issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 123,
     "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation," establishing financial
     accounting and reporting standards for stock-based employee compensation
     plans.  SFAS No. 123 encourages all entities to adopt a new method of
     accounting to measure compensation cost of all employee stock compensation
     plans based on the estimated fair value of the award at the date it is
     granted.  Companies are, however, allowed to continue to measure
     compensation cost for those plans using the intrinsic value based method of
     accounting, which generally does not result in compensation expense
     recognition for most plans.

     Companies that elect to remain with the existing accounting are required to
     disclose in a footnote to the financial statements pro forma net earnings
     and, if presented, earnings per share, as if SFAS No. 123 had been adopted.
     The accounting requirements of SFAS No. 123 are effective for transactions
     entered into during fiscal years that begin after December 15, 1995;
     however, companies are required to disclose information for awards granted
     in their first fiscal year beginning after December 15, 1994.  Management
     has determined that the Company will continue to account for stock-based
     compensation pursuant to Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25 and,
     therefore, the disclosure provisions of SFAS No. 123 will have no effect on
     its financial condition or results of operations.

     In June 1996, the FASB issued SFAS No. 125, "Accounting for Transfers of
     Financial Assets, Servicing Rights, and Extinguishment of Liabilities",
     that provides accounting guidance on transfers of financial assets,
     servicing of financial assets, and extinguishment of liabilities.  SFAS No.
     125 introduces an approach to accounting for transfers of

                                       7
<PAGE>
 
                      THE WAYNE SAVINGS AND LOAN COMPANY

                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)


3.   Effects of Recent Accounting Pronouncements (continued)
     -------------------------------------------            

     financial assets that provides a means of dealing with more complex
     transactions in which the seller disposes of only a partial interest in the
     assets, retains rights or obligations, makes use of special purpose
     entities in the transaction, or otherwise has continuing involvement with
     the transferred assets.  The new accounting method, the financial
     components approach, provides that the carrying amount of the financial
     assets transferred be allocated to components of the transaction based on
     their relative fair values.  SFAS No. 125 provides criteria for determining
     whether control of assets has been relinquished and whether a sale has
     occurred.  If the transfer does not qualify as a sale, it is accounted for
     as a secured borrowing.  Transactions subject to the provisions of SFAS No.
     125 include, among others, transfers involving repurchase agreements,
     securitizations of financial assets, loan participations, factoring
     arrangements, and transfers of receivables with recourse.

     An entity that undertakes an obligation to service financial assets
     recognizes either a servicing asset or liability or the servicing contract
     (unless related to a securitization of assets, and all the securitized
     assets are retained and classified as held-to-maturity).  A servicing asset
     or liability that is purchased or assumed is initially recognized at its
     fair value.  Servicing assets and liabilities are amortized in proportion
     to and over the period of estimated net servicing income or net servicing
     loss and are subject to subsequent assessments for impairment based on fair
     value.

     SFAS No. 125 provides that a liability is removed from the balance sheet
     only if the debtor either pays the creditor and is relieved of its
     obligation for the liability or is legally released from being the primary
     obligor.

     SFAS No. 125 is effective for transfers and servicing of financial assets
     and extinguishments of liabilities occurring after December 31, 1997, and
     is to be applied prospectively.  Earlier or retroactive application is not
     permitted.  Management does not believe that adoption of SFAS No. 125 will
     have a material effect on the Company's financial position or results of
     operations.

     In February 1997, the FASB issued SFAS No. 128, "Earnings Per Share," which
     requires companies to present basic earnings per share and, if applicable,
     diluted earnings per share, instead of primary and fully diluted earnings
     per share, respectively.  Basic earnings per share is computed without
     including potential common shares, i.e., no dilutive effect.  Diluted
     earnings per share is computed taking into consideration common shares
     outstanding and dilutive potential common shares, including options,
     warrants, convertible securities and contingent stock agreements.  SFAS No.
     128 is effective for periods ending after December 15, 1997.  Early
     application is not permitted.  Based upon the provisions of SFAS No. 128,
     the Company's basic and diluted earnings per share for the three months
     ended June 30, 1997, would have been $.22 and $.22, respectively.

                                       8
<PAGE>
 
                      THE WAYNE SAVINGS AND LOAN COMPANY

               MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
                      CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS


Discussion of Financial Condition Changes from March 31, 1997 to June 30, 1997
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

At June 30, 1997, the Company had total assets of $254.2 million, an increase of
approximately $2.1 million, or .8%, over March 31, 1997.  This increase was
funded primarily by a $1.4 million increase in deposits and undistributed net
earnings of $336,000.

Cash and due from banks, federal funds sold, interest-bearing deposits,
certificates of deposit and investment securities totaled approximately $34.4
million, an increase of approximately $2.3 million, or 7.2%, over March 31, 1997
levels.  Regulatory liquidity approximated 16.4% at June 30, 1997, compared to
15.3% at March 31, 1997.

Loans receivable decreased by approximately $818,000, or .4%, from the March 31,
1997 total.  This decrease resulted from principal repayments of $13.0 million
and sales of $1.8 million, which were partially offset by loan disbursements of
$13.9 million.  The allowance for loan losses totaled $939,000 at June 30, 1997,
as compared to $914,000 at March 31, 1997.  Nonperforming loans totaled $1.0
million at June 30, 1997 and $962,000 at March 31, 1997.  The allowance for loan
losses totaled 90.9% and 95.0% of nonperforming loans at June 30, 1997 and March
31, 1997, respectively.  Although management believes that its allowance for
loan losses at June 30, 1997, is adequate based upon the available facts and
circumstances, there can be no assurance that additions to such allowance will
not be necessary in future periods, which would adversely affect the Company's
results of operations.

Deposits increased by approximately $1.4 million, or .6%, to a total of $212.8
million at June 30, 1997.  The increase in deposits is primarily attributable to
management's continuing efforts to achieve a moderate rate of growth through
marketing and pricing strategies.

The Company is subject to capital standards which generally require the
maintenance of regulatory capital sufficient to meet each of three tests,
hereinafter described as the tangible capital requirement, the core capital
requirement and the risk-based capital requirement.  At June 30, 1997, the
Company's tangible and core capital of $23.5 million, or 9.2%, exceeded the
minimum 1.5% and 3.0% requirements of $3.8 million and $7.6 million,
respectively, by $19.7 million and $15.8 million.  The Company's risk-based
capital of $24.2 million, or 17.8%, exceeded the 8.0% minimum requirement by
approximately $13.3 million.

Comparison of Operating Results for the Three Month Periods Ended June 30, 1997
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
and 1996
- --------

Net earnings totaled $504,000 for the three months ended June 30, 1997, as
compared to net earnings of $430,000 for the same period in 1996, an increase of
$74,000 or 17.2%.  The increase in net earnings resulted primarily from a
decrease in general, administrative and other expense of $101,000 and an
increase in other income of $69,000, which were partially offset by a $46,000
decrease in net interest income, a $10,000 increase in the provision for losses
on loans, and a $40,000 increase in the provision for federal income taxes.

                                       9
<PAGE>
 
                       THE WAYNE SAVINGS AND LOAN COMPANY

          MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
                     AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (CONTINUED)


Comparison of Operating Results for the Three Month Periods Ended June 30, 1997
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
and 1996 (continued)
- --------            

Net Interest Income
- -------------------

Interest on loans and mortgage-backed securities decreased by $33,000, or .8%,
for the three months ended June 30, 1997, from same period in 1996.  The
decrease resulted primarily from a decrease in the weighted-average yield year-
to-year, which was partially offset by a $1.7 million increase in the loan
portfolio balance outstanding.  Average loans receivable increased to $209.0
million for the three months ended June 30, 1997, compared to $207.3 million for
the same period in 1996.

Interest on investments and interest-bearing deposits increased by $95,000, or
23.6%, during the current three month period, which is a result of a $2.5
million increase in the average portfolio balance year-to-year.

Interest expense on deposits and borrowings increased by $108,000, or 4.1%,
during the three months ended June 30, 1997, as compared to the comparable
quarter in 1996.  The increase can be primarily attributed to an increase in the
average balance of interest-bearing liabilities, which increased to $228.1
million from $225.3 million during the same period in 1996.

As a result of the foregoing changes in interest income and interest expense,
net interest income decreased by $46,000, or 2.2%, during the three month period
ended June 30, 1997, as compared to the same period in 1996.

Provision for Losses on Loans
- -----------------------------

A provision for losses on loans is charged to earnings to bring the total
allowance for loan losses to a level considered appropriate by management based
on historical experience, the volume and type of lending conducted by the
Company, the status of past due principal and interest payments, general
economic conditions, particularly as such conditions relate to the Company's
market area, and other factors related to the collectibility of the Company's
loan portfolio.  As a result of such analysis, management recorded a $15,000
provision for losses on loans during the three months ended June 30, 1997, an
increase of $10,000 over the same period in 1996.  There can be no assurance
that the loan loss allowance of the Company will be adequate to cover losses on
nonperforming assets in the future.

Other Income
- ------------

Other income totaled $208,000 for the three months ended June 30, 1997, an
increase of $69,000, or 49.6%, over the comparable 1996 quarter.  This increase
was due primarily to the $57,000 gain on sale of loans realized in the current
period.

                                       10
<PAGE>
 
                      THE WAYNE SAVINGS AND LOAN COMPANY

          MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
                     AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (CONTINUED)


Comparison of Operating Results for the Three Month Periods Ended June 30, 1997
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
and 1996 (continued)
- --------            

General, Administrative and Other Expense
- -----------------------------------------

General, administrative and other expense decreased by $101,000, or 6.4%, during
the current three month period, due primarily to an $85,000, or 62.5%, decrease
in federal deposit insurance premiums and a $51,000, or 6.2%, decrease in
employee compensation and benefits, which were partially offset by a $25,000, or
12.0%, increase in occupancy and equipment.  The decrease in federal deposit
insurance premiums resulted from a reduction in premium insurance rates,
following the Savings Association Insurance Fund recapitalization assessment
paid in fiscal 1997.  The decrease in employee compensation and benefits was due
primarily to a reduction in compensation expense following the expiration of the
Management Recognition and Retention Plan.  The increase in occupancy and
equipment was due to the increased depreciation and other costs relating to the
construction of the new facility at the existing Cleveland Road branch and the
main office renovation.

Federal Income Taxes
- --------------------

The provision for federal income taxes amounted to $261,000 for the three months
ended June 30, 1997, an increase of $40,000, or 18.1%, as compared to the
$221,000 provision recorded for the same period in 1996.  The increase resulted
primarily from a $114,000, or 17.5%, increase in pretax earnings year-to-year.
The effective tax rates for the three months ended June 30, 1997 and 1996 were
34.1% and 33.9%, respectively.

                                       11
<PAGE>
 
                      The Wayne Savings and Loan Company

                                    PART II


ITEM 1.   Legal Proceedings
          -----------------

          Not applicable


ITEM 2.   Changes in Securities
          ---------------------

          Not applicable


ITEM 3.   Defaults Upon Senior Securities
          -------------------------------

          Not applicable


ITEM 4.   Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders
          ---------------------------------------------------

          On July 24, 1997, the Annual Meeting of the Company's Stockholders was
          held.  Two directors were elected to terms expiring in 2000 by the
          following votes:
               Kenneth G. Rhode       For:  1,926,527           Withheld:  3,466
               James C. Morgan        For:  1,926,109           Withheld:  3,884
 
          Three other matters were submitted to the stockholders, for which the
           following votes were cast:
           
          1)  Ratification of the compensation of the Board of Directors for the
              fiscal year ended March 31, 1998.
               For:  1,887,173        Against:  24,108          Abstain:  17,701


          2)  Ratification of an Agreement and Plan of Reorganization providing
          for the establishment of Wayne Savings Bankshares, Inc. as the stock
          holding company parent of the Company, which stock holding company
          will be majority owned by Wayne Savings Bankshares, M.H.C., the
          Company's mutual holding company.

               For:  1,855,735  Against:  4,945  Abstain:  19,576

          3)  Ratification of the appointment of Grant Thornton LLP as
          independent auditors of the Company for the fiscal year ended March
          31, 1998.
               For:  1,920,218        Against:  894             Abstain:  8,881


ITEM 5.   Other Materially Important Events
          ---------------------------------

          None


ITEM 6.   Exhibits and Reports on Form 8-K
          --------------------------------

          None
 
                                      12
<PAGE>
 
                                  SIGNATURES
                                  ----------

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the
registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned thereunto duly authorized.



Date: August 13, 1997                   By: /s/ Charles F. Finn
     -------------------------              ------------------------------
                                            Charles F. Finn
                                            President


Date: August 13, 1997                   By: /s/ Todd J. Tappel
     -------------------------              ------------------------------
                                            Todd J. Tappel
                                            Principal Accounting Officer

                                       13
                                   

<PAGE>
 
                                 EXHIBIT 99.3
<PAGE>
 
                         OFFICE OF THRIFT SUPERVISION
                            Washington, D. C. 20552

(Mark One)

[X]   QUARTERLY REPORT UNDER SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
                   OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the quarterly period ended           September 30, 1997
                               -------------------------------------

                                      OR

[ ]   TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
                   OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period  from                 to 
                                ---------------    ---------------

Office of Thrift Supervision Docket Number 04195

                         WAYNE SAVINGS COMMUNITY BANK
            ------------------------------------------------------
            (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

              Ohio                                           34-0606020
- -------------------------------                         ---------------------
(State or other jurisdiction of                           (I.R.S. Employer
 incorporation or organization)                         Identification Number)

151 North Market Street
     Wooster, Ohio                                              44691
- -----------------------                                  --------------------
(Address of principal                                         (Zip Code)
  executive office)

Issuer's  telephone number, including area code: (330) 264-5767

                      THE WAYNE SAVINGS AND LOAN COMPANY
                   ----------------------------------------
                   (Former name, changed since last report)

Check whether the issuer (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by
Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding
12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file
such reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past
90 days.

                         Yes     X                  No
                              ------                    -----

As of November 4, 1997, the latest practicable date, 2,255,494 shares of the
registrant's common stock, $1.00 par value, were issued and outstanding.


                              Page 1 of  16 pages
<PAGE>
 
                                     INDEX


                                                                Page

PART I -  FINANCIAL INFORMATION                                     
                                                                    
          Statements of Financial Condition                        3
                                                                    
          Statements of Operations                                 5
                                                                    
          Statements of Cash Flows                                 7
                                                                    
          Notes to Financial Statements                            8
                                                                    
          Management's Discussion and Analysis of                   
          Financial Condition and Results of                        
          Operations                                              11 


PART II - OTHER INFORMATION                                       15

SIGNATURES                                                        16


                                       2
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

              WAYNE SAVINGS COMMUNITY BANK

            STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

            (In thousands, except share data)

                                                         September 30,            March 31,
        ASSETS                                               1997                    1997
                                                          (unaudited)
<S>                                                      <C>                    <C>                 
Cash and due from banks                                       $1,451                 $1,302
Federal funds sold                                             1,800                  1,125
Interest-bearing deposits in other financial institutions      5,660                  5,179
                                                          ----------            -----------
          Cash and cash equivalents                            8,911                  7,606

Certificates of deposit in other financial institutions        7,500                  7,500
Investment securities - at amortized cost, approximate
  market value of $13,483 and $16,904 as of
  September 30, 1997 and March 31, 1997                       14,428                 16,970
Mortgage-backed securities available for sale - at market        340                    378
Mortgage-backed securities - at cost, approximate market
  value of $334 and $497 as of September 30, 1997
  and March 31, 1997                                             350                    495
Loans receivable - net                                       206,541                209,404
Loans held for sale-at lower of cost or market                 1,053                     --
Real estate acquired through foreclosure                         899                    809
Office premises and equipment - at depreciated cost            5,348                  3,991
Federal Home Loan Bank stock - at cost                         2,624                  2,531
Accrued interest receivable on loans                           1,197                  1,139
Accrued interest receivable on mortgage-backed securities          5                      7
Accrued interest receivable on investments and interest -
  bearing deposits                                               252                    226
Prepaid expenses and other assets                                725                    790
Prepaid federal income taxes                                      68                    329
                                                          ----------            -----------

          Total assets                                      $250,241               $252,175
                                                          ==========            ===========

</TABLE> 
                                       3


<PAGE>

              WAYNE SAVINGS COMMUNITY BANK

      STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION (Continued)

            (In thousands, except share data)

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                                                     September 30,            March 31,
                                                                         1997                   1997
                                                                     (unaudited)
<S>                                                                  <C>                     <C> 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Deposits                                                                $210,735               $211,442
Advances from Federal Home Loan Bank                                      14,000                 16,000
Loan payable to Employee Stock Ownership Plan                                  -                     35
Advances by borrowers for taxes and insurance                                769                    701
Accrued interest payable                                                     170                    226
Accounts payable on mortgage loans serviced for others                       188                    126
Other liabilities                                                            317                    382
                                                                      ----------            -----------
Deferred federal income taxes                                                193                    148
                                                                      ----------            -----------
          Total liabilities                                              226,372                229,060

Stockholder's equity
  Common stock (20,000,000 shares of $1.00 par value authorized;
     2,255,164 and 1,498,889 issued and outstanding at
     September 30, 1997 and  March 31, 1997)                               2,255                  1,499
  Additional paid-in capital                                               5,907                  5,844
  Retained earnings - substantially restricted                            15,687                 15,777
  Less:  shares acquired by Employee Stock Ownership Plan                    (11)                   (35)
  Unrealized gains on securities available for sale, net                      31                     30
                                                                      ----------            -----------
          Total stockholders' equity                                      23,869                 23,115
                                                                      ----------            -----------
          Total liabilities and stockholders' equity                    $250,241               $252,175
                                                                      ==========            ===========
</TABLE> 
                                      4 

<PAGE>
                  WAYNE SAVINGS COMMUNITY  BANK

                    STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

              (In thousands, except per share data)
                           (unaudited)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    Six months               Three months
                                                                       ended                     ended
                                                                    September 30,             September 30,
                                                                   1997        1996         1997        1996
<S>                                                              <C>         <C>         <C>           <C>
Interest income
  Loans                                                            $8,559      $8,543      $4,279      $4,247
  Mortgage-backed securities                                           29          58          14          26
  Investment securities                                               526         436         266         217
  Interest-bearing deposits and other                                 486         354         249         171
                                                                 --------    --------    --------    --------
          Total interest income                                     9,600       9,391       4,808       4,661

Interest expense
  Deposits                                                          5,044       4,990       2,526       2,487
  Borrowings                                                          464         282         228         139
                                                                 --------    --------    --------    --------
          Total interest expense                                    5,508       5,272       2,754       2,626
                                                                 --------    --------    --------    --------

          Net interest income                                       4,092       4,119       2,054       2,035
Provision for losses on loans                                          30          10          15           5
                                                                 --------    --------    --------    --------

          Net interest income after provision for losses on loans   4,062       4,109       2,039       2,030

Other income
  Gain on sale of loans                                               124          17          67          17
  Service fees, charges and other operating                           313         277         162         138
                                                                 --------    --------    --------    --------
          Total other income                                          437         294         229         155

General, administrative and other expense
  Employee compensation and benefits                                1,581       1,653         803         824
  Occupancy and equipment                                             473         544         240         336
  Federal deposit insurance premiums                                  104       1,617          53       1,481
  Franchise taxes                                                     152         142          76          71
  Other operating                                                     675         629         347         306
                                                                 --------    --------    --------    --------
          Total general, administrative and other expense           2,985       4,585       1,519       3,018
                                                                 --------    --------    --------    --------
 
          Earnings (loss) before income taxes (credits)             1,514        (182)        749        (833)
Federal incomes taxes (credits)
  Current                                                             469        (111)        253        (276)
  Deferred                                                             45          49           -          (7)
                                                                 --------    --------    --------    --------
          Total federal income taxes (credits)                        514         (62)        253        (283)
                                                                 --------    --------    --------    --------

          NET EARNINGS (LOSS)                                      $1,000       ($120)       $496       ($550)
                                                                 ========    ========    ========    ========

          EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE                                 $0.44      ($0.05)      $0.22      ($0.25)

</TABLE> 
                                       5

<PAGE>

           WAYNE SAVINGS COMMUNITY BANK

             STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

      For the six months ended September 30,
                  (In thousands)
                   (unaudited)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               1997         1996
<S>                                                                         <C>         <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
  Net earnings (loss) for the period                                          $1,000        ($120)
  Adjustments to reconcile net earnings (loss) to net cash
  provided by (used in) operating activities:
   Amortization of discounts and premiums on loans,
    investments and mortgage-backed securities - net                               9           (4)
   Amortization of deferred loan origination fees                               (177)        (246)
   Amortization expense of employee benefit plans                                 21           48
   Depreciation and amortization                                                 207           43
   Loans originated for sale in the secondary market                          (4,880)        (506)
   Proceeds from sale of loans                                                 3,894          523
   Gain on sale of loans                                                         (67)        (17)
   Provision for losses on loans                                                  30          10
   Federal Home Loan Bank stock dividends                                        (93)        (83)
   Increase (decrease) in cash due to changes in:
     Accrued interest receivable on loans                                        (58)         53
     Accrued interest receivable on mortgage-backed securities                     2           3
     Accrued interest receivable on investments and interest-bearing deposit     (26)         (7)
     Prepaid expenses and other assets                                            65         453
     Accrued interest payable                                                    (56)        (30)
     Accounts payable on mortgage loans serviced for others                       62         (78)
     Other liabilities                                                           (65)      1,326
     Federal income taxes
       Current                                                                   261        (535)
       Deferred                                                                   45          49
                                                                            --------    --------
          Net cash provided by operating activities                              174         882

Cash flows provided by (used in) investing activities:
  Purchase of investment securities                                               --      (1,000)
  Proceeds from maturity of investment securities                              2,504       2,087
  Principal repayments on mortgage-backed securities                             183         532
  Loan principal repayments                                                   25,997      25,397
  Loan disbursements                                                         (23,134)    (27,579)
  Purchase of office premises and equipment-net                               (1,564)        116
  Proceeds from sale of real estate acquired through foreclosure                  --         503
  Additions to real estate acquired through foreclosure                          (90)        (23)
  Decrease in certificates of deposit in other financial institutions             --        2,000
                                                                            --------    ---------
       Net cash provided by investing activities                               3,896        2,033
                                                                            --------    ---------
</TABLE> 
                                                 6


<PAGE>
           WAYNE SAVINGS COMMUNITY BANK

       STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (CONTINUED)

     For the six months ended September  30,
                  (In thousands)
                   (unaudited)
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                                                              1997         1996
<S>                                                                         <C>           <C> 
        Net cash provided by operating and investing activities
         (balance brought forward)                                           $4,070       $2,915

Cash flows provided by (used in) financing activities:
  Net decrease in deposit accounts                                             (707)        (495)
  Proceeds from Federal Home Loan Bank advances                               3,000       12,000
  Repayments on Federal Home Loan Bank advances                              (5,000)     (10,000)
  Advances by borrowers for taxes and insurance                                  68           (3)
  Proceeds from exercise of stock options                                        42           30
  Dividends paid on common stock                                               (168)        (323)
                                                                            -------     --------
               Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities           (2,765)       1,209
                                                                            -------     --------

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents                                     1,305        4,124

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period                              7,606       10,190
                                                                            -------     --------

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period                                   $8,911      $14,314
                                                                            =======     ========

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
  Cash paid during the period for:
    Federal income taxes                                                       $224          $26
                                                                            =======     ========

    Interest on deposits and borrowings                                      $5,564       $5,302
                                                                            =======     ========

Supplemental disclosure of noncash investing activities:
  Unrealized gain (loss) on securities designated as available for sale, net     $1          ($2)
                                                                            =======     ========

Recognition of mortgage servicing rights in accordance
  with SFAS No. 122                                                             $57     $      -
                                                                            =======     ========
</TABLE> 

                                       7
<PAGE>
 
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                   For the six months ended September 30, 1997
                                   (unaudited)

1.       Basis of  Presentation
         ----------------------

         The accompanying unaudited financial statements were prepared in
         accordance with instructions for Form 10-QSB and, therefore, do not
         include information or footnotes necessary for a complete presentation
         of consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash
         flows in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
         Accordingly, these financial statements should be read in conjunction
         with the financial statements and notes thereto of the The Wayne
         Savings and Loan Company included in the Annual Report on Form 10-KSB
         for the year ended March 31, 1997. Effective October 10, 1997, the
         Company changed its name to Wayne Savings Community Bank (the
         "Company"). In the opinion of management, all adjustments (consisting
         only of normal recurring accruals) which are necessary for a fair
         presentation of the financial statements have been included. The
         results of operations for the three and six month periods ended
         September 30, 1997 and 1996 are not necessarily indicative of the
         results which may be expected for the entire fiscal year.

2.       Earnings Per Share
         ------------------

         Earnings per share for the six months ended September 30, 1997 and 1996
         is computed based on 2,249,506 and 2,195,572 weighted-average shares
         outstanding, respectively.

         Earnings per share for the three months ended September 30, 1997 and
         1996 is computed based on 2,247,993 and 2,164,927 weighted-average
         shares outstanding, respectively.

3.       Effects of Recent Accounting Pronouncements
         -------------------------------------------

         In June 1996, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the "FASB")
         issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") SFAS No.
         125, "Accounting for Transfers of Financial Assets, Servicing Rights,
         and Extinguishment of Liabilities", that provides accounting guidance
         on transfers of financial assets, servicing of financial assets, and
         extinguishment of liabilities. SFAS No. 125 introduces an approach to
         accounting for transfers of financial assets that provides a means of
         dealing with more complex transactions in which the seller disposes of
         only a partial interest in the assets, retains rights or obligations,
         makes use of special purpose entities in the transaction, or otherwise
         has continuing involvement with the transferred assets. The new
         accounting method, the financial components approach, provides that the
         carrying amount of the financial assets transferred be allocated to
         components of the transaction based on their relative fair values. SFAS
         No. 125 provides criteria for determining whether control of assets has
         been relinquished and whether a sale has occurred. If the transfer does
         not qualify as a sale, it is accounted for as a secured borrowing.
         Transactions subject to the provisions of SFAS No. 125 include, among
         others, transfers involving repurchase agreements, securitizations of
         financial assets, loan participations, factoring arrangements, and
         transfers of receivables with recourse.
                                                              

                                       8
<PAGE>
 
                    NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

                   For the six months ended September 30, 1997


3.      Effects of Recent Accounting Pronouncements (continued)
        -------------------------------------------------------

        An entity that undertakes an obligation to service financial assets
        recognizes either a servicing asset or liability for the servicing
        contract (unless related to a securitization of assets, and all the
        securitized assets are retained and classified as held-to-maturity). A
        servicing asset or liability that is purchased or assumed is initially
        recognized at its fair value. Servicing assets and liabilities are
        amortized in proportion to and over the period of estimated net
        servicing income or net servicing loss and are subject to subsequent
        assessments for impairment based on fair value.

        SFAS No. 125 provides that a liability is removed from the balance sheet
        only if the debtor either pays the creditor and is relieved of its
        obligation for the liability or is legally released from being the
        primary obligor.

        SFAS No. 125 is effective for transfers and servicing of financial
        assets and extinguishment of liabilities occurring after December 31,
        1997, and is to be applied prospectively. Earlier or retroactive
        application is not permitted. Management does not believe that adoption
        of SFAS No. 125 will have a material adverse effect on the Company's
        financial position or results of operations.

        In February 1997, the FASB issued SFAS No. 128, "Earnings Per Share",
        which is effective for financial statements for periods ending after
        December 15, 1997, including interim periods. SFAS No. 128 simplifies
        the calculation of earnings per share by replacing primary EPS with
        basic EPS. It also requires dual presentation of basic EPS and diluted
        EPS for entities with complex capital structures. Basic EPS includes no
        dilution and is computed by dividing income available to common
        shareholders by the weighted-average common shares outstanding for the
        period. Diluted EPS reflects the potential dilution of securities that
        could share in earnings, such as stock options, warrants or other common
        stock equivalents. All prior period EPS data will be restated to conform
        with the new presentation. This statement will not have a material
        impact on the Company's financial statements.

        In February 1997, the FASB issued SFAS No. 129, "Disclosures of
        Information about Capital Structure." SFAS No. 129 consolidated existing
        accounting guidance relating to disclosure about a company's capital
        structure. SFAS No. 129 is effective for financial statements for
        periods ending after December 15, 1997. SFAS No. 129 is not expected to
        have a material impact on the Company's financial statements.

                                       9
<PAGE>
 
                    NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

                  For the six months ended September 30, 1997


3.     Effects of Recent Accounting Pronouncements (continued)
       ------------------------------------------------------
 
       In June 1997, the FASB issued SFAS No. 130, "Reporting Comprehensive
       Income." SFAS No. 130 establishes standards for reporting and display of
       comprehensive income and its components (revenues, expenses, gains and
       losses) in a full set of general-purpose financial statements. SFAS No.
       130 requires that all items that are required to be recognized under
       accounting standards as components of comprehensive income be reported in
       a financial statement that is displayed with the same prominence as other
       financial statements. It does not require a specific format for that
       financial statement but requires that an enterprise display an amount
       representing total comprehensive income for the period in that financial
       statement.

       SFAS No. 130 requires that an enterprise (a) classify items of other
       comprehensive income by their nature in a financial statement and (b)
       display the accumulated balance of other comprehensive income separately
       from retained earnings and additional paid-in capital in the equity
       section of a statement of financial position. SFAS No. 130 is effective
       for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1997. Reclassification of
       financial statements for earlier periods provided for comparative
       purposes is required. SFAS No. 130 is not expected to have a material
       impact on the Company's financial statements.

       In June 1997, the FASB issued SFAS No. 131, "Disclosures about Segments
       of an Enterprise and Related Information." SFAS No. 131 significantly
       changes the way that public business enterprises report information about
       operating segments in annual financial statements and requires that those
       enterprises report selected information about reportable segments in
       interim financial reports issued to shareholders. It also establishes
       standards for related disclosures about products and services, geographic
       areas and major customers. SFAS No. 131 uses a "management approach" to
       disclose financial and descriptive information about the way that
       management organizes the segments within the enterprise for making
       operating decisions and assessing performance. For many enterprises, the
       management approach will likely result in more segments being reported.
       In addition, SFAS No. 131 requires significantly more information to be
       disclosed for each reportable segment than is presently being reported in
       annual financial statements and also requires that selected information
       be reported in interim financial statements. SFAS No. 131 is effective
       for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1997. SFAS No. 131 is not
       expected to have a material impact on the Company's financial statements.

                                       10
<PAGE>
 
          MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
                           AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Discussion of Financial Condition Changes from March 31, 1997
- -------------------------------------------------------------
to September 30, 1997
- ---------------------

At September 30, 1997, Wayne Savings Community Bank (the "Company"), formerly
The Wayne Savings and Loan Company, had total assets of $250.2 million, a
decrease of approximately $1.9 million, or .8% from March 31, 1997.

Cash and due from banks, federal funds sold, interest-bearing deposits,
certificates of deposit and investment securities totaled approximately $30.8
million, a decrease of approximately $1.2 million, from March 31, 1997 levels.
This decrease resulted primarily from the use of excess liquidity to repay $2.0
million in FHLB advances. Regulatory liquidity approximated 14.7% at September
30, 1997, compared to 15.3% at March 31, 1997.

Loans receivable decreased by approximately $1.8 million from the March 31, 1997
total. This decrease resulted from principal repayments of $26.0 million and
sales of $3.8 million, which were partially offset by loan disbursements of
$28.0 million. The allowance for loan losses totaled $952,000 at September 30,
1997, as compared to $914,000 at March 31, 1997. Nonperforming loans totaled
$634,000 at September 30, 1997 and $962,000 at March 31, 1997. The allowance for
loan losses totaled 150.2% and 95.0% of nonperforming loans at September 30,
1997 and March 31, 1997, respectively. Although management believes that its
allowance for loan losses at September 30, 1997, is adequate based upon the
available facts and circumstances, there can be no assurance that additions to
such allowance will not be necessary in future periods, which would adversely
affect the Company's results of operations.

Deposits declined by approximately $707,000 to a total of $210.7 million at
September 30, 1997. The decline in deposits generally reflects the effect of
withdrawals relating to the lower interest rate environment.

The Company is subject to capital standards which generally require the
maintenance of regulatory capital sufficient to meet each of three tests,
hereinafter described as the tangible capital requirement, the core capital
requirement and the risk-based capital requirement. At September 30, 1997, the
Company's tangible and core capital of $23.8 million, or 9.5%, exceeded the
minimum 1.5% and 3.0% requirements of $3.8 million and $7.5 million,
respectively, by $20.1 million and $16.3 million. The Company's risk-based
capital of $24.5 million, or 18.2%, exceeded the 8.0% minimum requirement by
approximately $13.7 million.

Comparison of Operating Results for the Six Month Periods Ended
- ---------------------------------------------------------------
September 30, 1997 and 1996
- ---------------------------

Net earnings totaled $1.0 million for the six months ended September 30, 1997,
as compared to net loss of $120,000 for the same period in 1996, an increase of
$1.1 million. The increase in earnings resulted from a decline in general,
administrative and other expense as described herein, of $1.6 million, offset by
a $576,000 increase in the provision for federal income taxes. The same period
in 1996 had two nonrecurring charges that affected net earnings for the year, a
special assessment charged to the Company to recapitalize the Savings
Association Insurance Fund ("SAIF") and a fixed asset write-off to prepare for
construction of a new branch.

                                       11
<PAGE>
 
          MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
                     AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (continued)

Comparison of Operating Results for the Six Month Periods Ended September 30,
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1997 and 1996 (continued)
- -------------

Before the above prior year one-time charges, net earnings totaled $842,000 for
the six months ended September 30, 1996. The net earnings of $1.0 million for
the same six month period in the current year represents an increase of $158,000
or 18.8%. The increase is a result of a decrease in general, administrative and
other expense, and the resulting tax affect.

Net Interest Income
- -------------------

Interest on loans and mortgage-backed securities decreased by $13,000 for the
six months ended September 30, 1997, from the same period in 1996. Average loans
receivable remained stable at $208.5 million for the periods ended September 30,
1997 and 1996.

Interest on investments and interest-bearing deposits increased by $222,000, or
28.1%, during the six months ended September 1997, as compared to the same
period in 1996, which is a result of a $1.0 million increase in the average
portfolio balance year-to-year, coupled with an increase in the average yield.

Interest expense on deposits and borrowings increased by $236,000, or 4.5%,
during the six months ended September 30, 1997 over the same period in 1996. The
increase can be primarily attributed to an increase in the average balance of
interest-bearing liabilities, which increased to $226.1 million from $224.9
million during the same period in 1996, coupled with an increase in the average
cost of funds year-to-year.

As a result of the foregoing changes in interest income and interest expense,
net interest income decreased by $27,000, or .7%, during the six months ended
September 30, 1997, as compared to the same period in 1996.

Provision For Losses on Loans
- -----------------------------

A provision for losses on loans is charged to earnings to bring the total
allowance for loan losses to a level considered appropriate by management based
on historical experience, the volume and type of lending conducted by the
Company, the status of past due principal and interest payments, general
economic conditions, particularly as such conditions relate to the Company's
market area, and other factors related to the collectibility of the Company's
loan portfolio. As a result of such analysis, management recorded a $30,000
provision for losses on loans during the six months ended September 30, 1997, an
increase of $20,000 over the same period in 1996. There can be no assurance that
the loan loss allowance of the Company will be adequate to cover losses on
nonperforming assets in the future.

Other Income
- ------------

Other income totaled $437,000 for the six months ended September 30, 1997, an
increase of $143,000, or 48.6%, over the comparable 1996 period. This increase
was due primarily to the $107,000 increase in gain on sale of loans coupled with
a $36,000, or 13.0%, increase in service fees, charges and other operating
income.

                                       12
<PAGE>
 
          MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
                     AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (continued)


Comparison of Operating Results for the Six Month Periods Ended September 30,
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1997 and 1996 (continued)
- -------------

General, Administrative and Other Expense
- -----------------------------------------

General, administrative and other expense decreased by $1.6 million, or 34.9%,
during the current six month period due primarily to a $1.5 million decrease in
federal deposit insurance premiums, a $72,000, or 4.4%, decrease in employee
compensation and benefits and a $71,000, or 13.1%, decrease in occupancy and
equipment.

The one-time charge in 1996 in federal deposit insurance premiums was due to
legislation to recapitalize the SAIF. The one-time charge in 1996 in occupancy
and equipment was due to the write-off of certain fixed assets relating to the
construction of the new facility at the existing Cleveland Road branch. For the
Company, the one-time assessment amounted to $1.3 million, and the fixed asset
write-off amounted to $122,000 for the 1996 period. Furthermore, the
recapitalization assessment paid last year resulted in a reduction in premium
insurance rates thereby reducing the Company's insurance premium for the six
months ended September 30, 1997.

The decrease in employee compensation and benefits was due primarily to a
reduction in compensation expense following the expiration of the Management
Recognition and Retention Plan.

The decrease in occupancy and equipment was partially offset by an increase in
depreciation and other costs relating to the construction of the new facility at
the existing Cleveland Road branch and the main office renovation.

Federal Income Taxes
- --------------------

The provision for federal income taxes amounted to $514,000 for the six months
ended September 30, 1997, an increase of $576,000, as compared to the same
period in 1996. The increase resulted primarily from an increase in pretax
earnings year-to-year. The effective tax rates for the six months ended
September 30, 1997 and 1996 were 33.9% and 34.1%, respectively.

Comparison of Operating Results for the Three Month Periods Ended
- -----------------------------------------------------------------
September 30, 1997 and 1996
- ---------------------------

The Company recorded net earnings of $496,000 for the three months ended
September 30, 1997, as compared to a net loss of $550,000 for the same period in
1996. The same period in 1996 had two nonrecurring charges that affected net
earnings as discussed above. Before the above prior year one-time charges, net
earnings totaled $412,000 for the three months ended September 30, 1996. The net
earnings of $496,000 for the same three month period in the current year
represents an increase of $84,000, or 20.4%. The increase is a result of an
increase in other income along with a decrease in general, administrative and
other expense, offset by a resulting increase in the provision for federal
income taxes.

                                       13
<PAGE>
 
          MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
                     AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (CONTINUED)

Comparison of Operating Results for the Three Month Periods Ended September 30,
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1997 and 1996 (continued)
- -------------

Net Interest Income
- -------------------

Interest on loans and mortgage-backed securities increased by $20,000 for the
three months ended September 30, 1997 over the same period in 1996. Average
loans receivable remained stable at $208.5 million for the comparative periods.

Interest on investments and interest-bearing deposits increased by $127,000
during the current three month period as a result of an increase in the average
portfolio balances outstanding year-to-year.

Interest expense on deposits and other borrowings increased by $128,000 during
the three months ended September 30, 1997 as compared to the same period in
1996. The increase can be primarily attributed to an increase in the average
balance of interest-bearing liabilities.

Provision for Losses on Loans
- -----------------------------

A provision for losses on loans is charged to earnings to bring the total
allowance for loan losses to a level considered appropriate by management.
Management recorded a $15,000 provision for losses on loans during the three
months ended September 30, 1997, an increase of $10,000 over the same period in
1996. There can be no assurance that the loan loss allowance of the Company will
be adequate to cover losses on non performing assets in the future.

Other Income
- ------------

Other income increased by $74,000, or 47.7%, during the current period due
primarily to a gain on sale of loans.

General, Administrative and Other Expense
- -----------------------------------------

General, administrative and other expense decreased by $1.5 million, during the
current three month period, due primarily to a decrease of $1.4 million in
federal deposit insurance premiums coupled with a decrease of $96,000 in
occupancy and equipment expense, for the reasons described above.

Federal Income Taxes
- --------------------

The Company recorded federal income taxes totaling $253,000 for the three month
period ended September 30, 1997, as compared to a tax benefit of $283,000 for
the same period last year. The increase was a result of an increase in pretax
earnings. The effective tax rates for the three months ended September 30, 1997
and 1996 were 33.8% and 34.0%, respectively.

                                       14
<PAGE>
 
                                    PART II


ITEM 1.  Legal Proceedings
         -----------------
         Not applicable


ITEM 2.  Changes in Securities
         ---------------------
         Not applicable


ITEM 3.  Defaults Upon Senior Securities
         -------------------------------
         Not applicable


ITEM 4.  Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders
         ---------------------------------------------------
         Not applicable


ITEM 5.  Other Materially Important Events
         ---------------------------------
         On October 10, 1997, the Company changed its name from "The Wayne
         Savings and Loan Company" to Wayne Savings Community Bank."

ITEM 6.  Exhibits and Reports on Form 8-K
         --------------------------------
         None

                                       15
<PAGE>
 
                                  SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the
registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned thereunto duly authorized.


Date: November 13, 1997                     By: /s/ Charles F. Finn
      ------------------------------        ----------------------------
                                            Charles F. Finn
                                            President

Date: November 13, 1997                     By: /s/ Todd J. Tappel
      ------------------------------        ----------------------------
                                            Senior Vice-President
                                            Chief Financial Officer

                                       16


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission